A Guide To Canada's Export Controls (con't)

This Web page has been archived on the Web

Information identified as archived is provided for reference, research or recordkeeping purposes. It is not subject to the Government of Canada Web Standards and has not been altered or updated since it was archived. Please contact us to request a format other than those available.

A Guide to Canada's Export Controls (continuity)

PDF Version (2.46 MB)

December 2018 version

Page 2 of 2 - Group 3 to 7 and Index

To consult the current edition visit A Guide to Canada's Export Control List

Group 3 – Nuclear Non-Proliferation List

(All destinations. All destinations applies to all Group 3 Items.)

Note:

Terms in ‘single quotations’ are usually defined within each entry of the list.

Terms in “double quotations” are defined at the end of Group 4.

Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission (CNSC) Note:

The export of nuclear and nuclear-related items is also controlled by the CNSC under the Nuclear Safety and Control Act (NSCA) and Regulations. Therefore, the export of nuclear and nuclear-related items, not listed in Group 3 or which meet the specific Group 3 decontrol notes may still require a license from the CNSC. Information on export licensing requirements under the NSCA may be obtained by contacting the CNSC.

Nuclear Technology Note:

The “technology” directly associated with any items controlled in Group 3 is controlled according to the provisions of Group 3.

“Technology” for the “development”, “production” or “use” of items under control remains under control even when applicable to non-controlled items.

The approval of items for export also authorizes the export to the same end-user of the minimum “technology” required for the installation, operation, maintenance and repair of the items.

Controls on “technology” transfer do not apply to information “in the public domain” or to “basic scientific research”.

General Software Note:

Group 3 does not control “software” which is either:

1. Generally available to the public by being:
- Sold from stock at retail selling points, without restriction, by means of:
  - 1. Over-the-counter transactions;
  - 2. Mail order transactions;
  - 3. Electronic transactions; or
  - 4. Telephone call transactions; and
- Designed for installation by the user without further substantial support by the supplier; or
2. “In the public domain”.

3-1. Source and Special Fissionable Materials

3-1.1. Source materials

Source materials in the form of metal, alloy, chemical compound, concentrate, or that are incorporated in any material or substance and in which the concentration of source material is greater than 0.05 weight %, as follows:

1. Natural uranium (i.e. containing the mixture of isotopes occurring in nature);
2. Depleted uranium (i.e. depleted in the isotope 235 below that occurring in nature); and
3. Thorium.

Note:

3-1.1. does not control the following:

Four grams or less of natural uranium or depleted uranium when contained in a sensing component in instruments;
Alloys containing less than 5% thorium;
Ceramic products containing thorium, which have been manufactured for non-nuclear use;
Medicinal substances;
Trace amounts found on contaminated items such as clothing, shielding or packaging; and
Source material which the Government is satisfied is to be used only in civil non-nuclear applications, such as shielding, packaging, ballasts, counter-weights or the production of alloys and ceramics (For the purpose of export control, ��Ƶ will determine whether or not the exports of source material meeting the above specifications are for non-nuclear applications).

3-1.2. Special fissionable materials

1. Plutonium of all isotopes and any alloy, compound or material containing plutonium;
2. Uranium-233; uranium enriched in the isotopes 233 or 235; or any alloy, compound or material containing one or more of the foregoing;

Note:

3-1.2. does not control the following:

Four ‘effective grams’ or less of special fissionable material when contained in a sensing component in instruments;
Trace amounts found on contaminated items such as clothing, shielding or packaging; and
Plutonium 238 that is contained in heart pacemakers.

Technical Note:

‘Effective gram’ means:

For plutonium isotopes and uranium-233, the isotope weight in grams;
For uranium enriched 1 percent or greater in the isotope uranium-235, the element weight in grams multiplied by the square of its enrichment expressed as a decimal weight fraction; and
For uranium enriched below 1 percent in the isotope uranium-235, the element weight in grams multiplied by 0.0001.

3-2. Equipment and Non-Nuclear Materials

3-2.1. Nuclear reactors and especially designed or prepared equipment and components therefor, including:

Introductory Note:

Various types of nuclear reactors may be characterized by the moderator used (e.g., graphite, heavy water, light water, none), the spectrum of neutrons therein (e.g., thermal, fast), the type of coolant used (e.g., water, liquid metal, molten salt, gas), or by their function or type (e.g., power reactors, research reactors, test reactors). It is intended that all of these types of nuclear reactors are within scope of this entry and all of its subentries where applicable. This entry does not control fusion reactors.

1. Complete nuclear reactors
Nuclear reactors capable of operation so as to maintain a controlled self-sustaining fission chain reaction.
Explanatory Note:
A “nuclear reactor” basically includes the items within or attached directly to the reactor vessel, the equipment which controls the level of power in the core, and the components which normally contain or come in direct contact with or control the primary coolant of the reactor core.
2. Nuclear reactor vessels
Metal vessels, or major shop-fabricated parts therefor, especially designed or prepared to contain the core of a nuclear reactor as defined in item 3-2.1.1. above, as well as relevant reactor internals as defined in item 3-2.1.8. below.
Explanatory Note:
Item 3-2.1.2 covers nuclear reactor vessels regardless of pressure rating and includes reactor pressure vessels and calandrias. The reactor vessel head is covered by item 3-2.1.2. as a major shop-fabricated part of a reactor vessel.
3. Nuclear reactor fuel charging and discharging machines
Manipulative equipment especially designed or prepared for inserting or removing fuel in a nuclear reactor as defined in item 3-2.1.1. above.
Explanatory Note:
The items noted above are capable of on-load operation or at employing technically sophisticated positioning or alignment features to allow complex off-load fuelling operations such as those in which direct viewing of or access to the fuel is not normally available.
4. Nuclear reactor control rods and equipment
Especially designed or prepared rods, support or suspension structures therefor, rod drive mechanisms or rod guide tubes to control the fission process in a nuclear reactor as defined in item 3-2.1.1. above.
5. Nuclear reactor pressure tubes
Tubes which are especially designed or prepared to contain both fuel elements and the primary coolant in a reactor as defined in item 3-2.1.1. above.
Explanatory Note:
Pressure tubes are parts of fuel channels designed to operate at elevated pressure, sometimes in excess of 5 MPa.
6. Nuclear Fuel Cladding
Zirconium metal tubes or zirconium alloy tubes (or assemblies of tubes), especially designed or prepared for use as fuel cladding in a reactor as defined in item 3-2.1.1. above, and in quantities exceeding 10 kg.
N.B.:
For zirconium pressure tubes see 3-2.1.5. For calandria tubes see 3-2.1.8.
Explanatory Note:
Zirconium metal tubes or zirconium alloy tubes for use in a nuclear reactor consist of zirconium in which the relation of hafnium to zirconium is typically less than 1:500 parts by weight.
7. Primary coolant pumps or circulators
Pumps or circulators especially designed or prepared for circulating the primary coolant for nuclear reactors as defined in item 3-2.1.1. above.
Explanatory Note:
Especially designed or prepared pumps or circulators include pumps for water-cooled reactors, circulators for gas-cooled reactors, and electromagnetic and mechanical pumps for liquid-metal-cooled reactors. This equipment may include pumps with elaborate sealed or multi-sealed systems to prevent leakage of primary coolant, canned-driven pumps, and pumps with inertial mass systems. This definition encompasses pumps certified to Section III, Division I, Subsection NB (Class 1 components) of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Code, or equivalent standards.
8. Nuclear reactor internals
'Nuclear reactor' internals especially designed or prepared for use in a nuclear reactor as defined in item 3-2.1.1. above. This includes for example, support columns for the core, fuel channels, calandria tubes, thermal shields, baffles, core grid plates, and diffuser plates.
Explanatory Note:
'Nuclear reactor' internals are major structures within a reactor vessel which have one or more functions such as supporting the core, maintaining fuel alignment, directing primary coolant flow, providing radiation shields for the reactor vessel, and guiding in-core instrumentation.
9. Heat exchangers
- Steam generators especially designed or prepared for the primary, or intermediate, coolant circuit of a nuclear reactor as defined in item 3 2.1.1. above.
- Other heat exchangers especially designed or prepared for use in the primary coolant circuit of a nuclear reactor as defined in item 3-2.1.1. above.
Explanatory Note:
Steam generators are especially designed or prepared to transfer the heat generated in the reactor to the feed water for steam generation. In the case of a fast reactor for which an intermediate coolant loop is also present, the steam generator is in the intermediate circuit. In a gas-cooled reactor, a heat exchanger may be utilised to transfer heat to a secondary gas loop that drives a gas turbine. The scope of control for this entry does not include heat exchangers for the supporting systems of the reactor, e.g., the emergency cooling system or the decay heat cooling system.
10. Neutron Detectors
Especially designed or prepared neutron detectors for determining neutron flux levels within the core of a reactor as defined in item 3-2.1.1. above.
Explanatory Note:
The scope of this entry encompasses in-core and ex-core detectors which measure flux levels in a wide range, typically from 10⁴ neutrons per cm² per second or more. Ex-core refers to those instruments outside the core of a reactor as defined in item 3-2.1.1. above, but located within the biological shielding.
11. External thermal shields
"External thermal shields" especially designed or prepared for use in a nuclear reactor as defined in paragraph 3-2.1.1 for reduction of heat loss and also for containment vessel protection.
Explanatory Note:
“External thermal shields“ are major structures placed over the reactor vessel which reduce heat loss from the reactor and reduce temperature within the containment vessel.

3-2.2. Non-nuclear materials for reactors;

1. Deuterium and heavy water
Deuterium, heavy water (deuterium oxide) and any other deuterium compound in which the ratio of deuterium to hydrogen atoms exceeds 1:5,000 for use in a nuclear reactor as defined in item 3-2.1.1. above.
Explanatory Note:
For the purpose of export control, ��Ƶ will determine whether or not the exports of deuterium and deuterium compounds meeting the above specifications are for nuclear reactor use.
2. Nuclear grade graphite
Graphite having a purity level better than 5 ppm (parts per million) boron equivalent and with a density greater than 1.50 g/cm³ for use in a nuclear reactor as defined in paragraph 3-2.1.1. above, in quantities exceeding 1 kg.
Explanatory Note:
For the purpose of export control, ��Ƶ will determine whether or not the exports of graphite meeting the above specifications are for nuclear reactor use.
Graphite having a purity level better than 5 ppm (parts per million) boron equivalent and with a density greater than 1.50 g/cm3 not for use in a nuclear reactor as defined in paragraph 3-2.1.1. above is not covered by this paragraph.
Boron Equivalent (BE) may be determined experimentally or is calculated as the sum of BE_Z for impurities (excluding BE_carbon since carbon is not considered an impurity) including boron, where:
BE_Z ppm = CF x concentration of element Z (in ppm);
CF is the conversion factor: (σ_Z x A_B) divided by (σ_B x A_Z);
σ_B and σ_Z are the thermal neutron capture cross sections (in barns) for naturally occurring boron and element Z respectively; and
A_B and A_Z are the atomic masses of naturally occurring boron and element Z respectively.

3-2.3. Plants for the reprocessing of irradiated fuel elements, and equipment especially designed or prepared therefor

Introductory Note:

Reprocessing irradiated nuclear fuel separates plutonium and uranium from intensely radioactive fission products and other transuranic elements. Different technical processes can accomplish this separation. However, over the years Purex has become the most commonly used and accepted process. Purex involves the dissolution of irradiated nuclear fuel in nitric acid, followed by separation of the uranium, plutonium, and fission products by solvent extraction using a mixture of tributyl phosphate in an organic diluent.

Purex facilities have process functions similar to each other, including: irradiated fuel decladding and/or chopping, fuel dissolution, solvent extraction, and process liquor storage. There may also be equipment for thermal denitration of uranium nitrate, conversion of plutonium nitrate to oxide or metal, and treatment of fission product waste liquor to a form suitable for long term storage or disposal. However, the specific type and configuration of the equipment performing these functions may differ between Purex facilities for several reasons, including the type and quantity of irradiated nuclear fuel to be reprocessed and the intended disposition of the recovered materials, and the safety and maintenance philosophy incorporated into the design of the facility.

"A plant for the reprocessing of irradiated fuel elements" includes the equipment and components which normally come in direct contact with and directly control the irradiated fuel and the major nuclear material and fission product processing streams.

These processes, including the complete systems for plutonium conversion and plutonium metal production, may be identified by the measures taken to avoid criticality (e.g., by geometry), radiation exposure (e.g. by shielding), and toxicity hazards (e.g., by containment).

Items of equipment that are considered to fall within the meaning of the phrase ‘and equipment especially designed or prepared’ for the reprocessing of irradiated fuel elements include:

1. Irradiated fuel element chopping machines
Irradiated fuel element decladding equipment and chopping machines Remotely operated equipment especially designed or prepared for use in a reprocessing plant as identified above and intended to expose or prepare the irradiated nuclear material in fuel assemblies, bundles or rods for processing.
Explanatory Note:
This equipment cuts, chops, shears or otherwise breaches the cladding of the fuel to expose the irradiated nuclear material for processing or prepares the fuel for processing. Especially designed cutting shears are most commonly employed, although advanced equipment, such as lasers, peeling machines, or other techniques, may be used. Decladding involves removing the cladding of the irradiated nuclear fuel prior to its dissolution.
2. Dissolvers
Critically safe tanks (e.g., small diameter, annular or slab tanks) especially designed or prepared for use in a reprocessing plant as identified above, intended for dissolution of irradiated nuclear fuel and which are capable of withstanding hot, highly corrosive liquid, and which can be remotely loaded and maintained.
Explanatory Note:
Dissolvers normally receive the chopped-up spent fuel. In these critically safe vessels, the irradiated nuclear material is dissolved in nitric acid and the remaining hulls removed from the process stream.
3. Solvent extractors and solvent extraction equipment
Especially designed or prepared solvent extractors (such as packed or pulse columns, mixer settlers or centrifugal contactors) for use in a plant for the reprocessing of irradiated fuel. Solvent extractors must be resistant to the corrosive effect of nitric acid. Solvent extractors are normally fabricated to extremely high standards (including special welding and inspection and quality assurance and quality control techniques) out of low carbon stainless steels, titanium, zirconium, or other high quality materials.
Explanatory Note:
Solvent extractors both receive the solution of irradiated fuel from the dissolvers and the organic solution which separates the uranium, plutonium, and fission products. Solvent extraction equipment is normally designed to meet strict operating parameters, such as long operating lifetimes with no maintenance requirements or adaptability to easy replacement, simplicity of operation and control, and flexibility for variations in process conditions.
4. Chemical Holding or Storage Vessels
Especially designed or prepared holding or storage vessels for use in a plant for the reprocessing of irradiated fuel. The holding or storage vessels must be resistant to the corrosive effect of nitric acid. The holding or storage vessels are normally fabricated of materials such as low carbon stainless steels, titanium or zirconium, or other high quality materials. Holding or storage vessels may be designed for remote operation and maintenance and may have the following features for control of nuclear criticality:
- 1. Walls or internal structures with a boron equivalent of at least 2%, or
- 2. A maximum diameter of 175 mm for cylindrical vessels, or
- 3. A maximum width of 75 mm for either a slab or annular vessel.
Explanatory Note:
Three main process liquor streams result from the solvent extraction step. Holding or storage vessels are used in the further processing of all three streams, as follows:
- The pure uranium nitrate solution is concentrated by evaporation and passed to a denitration process where it is converted to uranium oxide. This oxide is re-used in the nuclear fuel cycle.
- The intensely radioactive fission products solution is normally concentrated by evaporation and stored as a liquor concentrate. This concentrate may be subsequently evaporated and converted to a form suitable for storage or disposal.
- The pure plutonium nitrate solution is concentrated and stored pending its transfer to further process steps. In particular, holding or storage vessels for plutonium solutions are designed to avoid criticality problems resulting from changes in concentration and form of this stream.
5. Neutron measurement systems for process control
Neutron measurement systems especially designed or prepared for integration and use with automated process control systems in a plant for the reprocessing of irradiated fuel elements.
Explanatory Note:
These systems involve the capability of active and passive neutron measurement and discrimination in order to determine the fissile material quantity and composition. The complete system is composed of a neutron generator, a neutron detector, amplifiers, and signal processing electronics. The scope of this entry does not include neutron detection and measurement instruments that are designed for nuclear material accountancy and safeguarding or any other application not related to integration and use with automated process control systems in a plant for the reprocessing of irradiated fuel elements.

3-2.4. Plants for the fabrication of nuclear reactor fuel elements, and equipment especially designed or prepared therefor

Introductory Note:

Nuclear fuel elements are manufactured from one or more of the source or special fissionable materials mentioned in Item 3-1. For oxide fuels, the most common type of fuel, equipment for pressing pellets, sintering, grinding and grading will be present. Mixed oxide fuels are handled in glove boxes (or equivalent containment) until they are sealed in the cladding. In all cases, the fuel is hermetically sealed inside a suitable cladding which is designed to be the primary envelope encasing the fuel so as to provide suitable performance and safety during reactor operation. Also, in all cases, precise control of processes, procedures and equipment to extremely high standards is necessary in order to ensure predictable and safe fuel performance.

Explanatory Note:

Items of equipment that are considered to fall within the meaning of the phrase ‘and equipment especially designed or prepared’ for the fabrication of fuel elements include equipment which:

normally comes in direct contact with, or directly processes, or controls, the production flow of nuclear material;
seals the nuclear material within the cladding;
checks the integrity of the cladding or the seal;
checks the finish treatment of the sealed fuel; or
is used for assembling reactor fuel elements.

Such equipment or systems of equipment may include, for example:

1. Fully automatic pellet inspection stations especially designed or prepared for checking final dimensions and surface defects of the fuel pellets;
2. Automatic welding machines especially designed or prepared for welding end caps onto the fuel pins (or rods);
3. Automatic test and inspection stations especially designed or prepared for checking the integrity of completed fuel pins (or rods).
Item 3 typically includes equipment for:
- X-ray examination of pin (or rod) end cap welds;
- Helium leak detection from pressurized pins (or rods);
- Gamma-ray scanning of the pins (or rods) to check for correct loading of the fuel pellets inside.
4. Systems especially designed or prepared to manufacture nuclear fuel cladding.

3-2.5. Plants for the separation of isotopes of natural uranium, depleted uranium or special fissionable material and equipment, other than analytical instruments, especially designed or prepared therefor

Introductory Note:
Plants, equipment and technology for the separation of uranium isotopes have, in many instances, a close relationship to plants, equipment and technology for isotope separation of “other elements”. In particular cases, the controls under Section 3-2.5. also apply to plants and equipment that are intended for isotope separation of “other elements”. These controls of plants and equipment for isotope separation of “other elements” are complementary to controls on plants and equipment especially designed or prepared for the processing, use or production of special fissionable material covered by the Group 3. These complementary Section 3-2.5. controls for uses involving “other elements” do not apply to the electromagnetic isotope separation process, which is addressed under Group 4 of the Export Control List.

Processes for which the controls in Section 3-2.5. equally apply whether the intended use is uranium isotope separation or isotope separation of “other elements” are: gas centrifuge, gaseous diffusion, the plasma separation process, and aerodynamic processes.

For some processes, the relationship to uranium isotope separation depends on the element being separated. These processes are: laser-based processes (e.g. molecular laser isotope separation and atomic vapour laser isotope separation), chemical exchange, and ion exchange. Suppliers must therefore evaluate these processes on a case-by-case basis to apply Section 3-2.5. controls for uses involving “other elements” accordingly.

Items of equipment that are considered to fall within the meaning of the phrase “equipment, other than analytical instruments, especially designed or prepared” for the separation of isotopes of uranium include:

3-2.5.1. Gas centrifuges and assemblies and components especially designed or prepared for use in gas centrifuges

Introductory Note:

The gas centrifuge normally consists of a thin-walled cylinder of between 75 mm and 650 mm diameter contained in a vacuum environment and spun at high peripheral speed of the order of 300 m/s or more with its central axis vertical. In order to achieve high speed the materials of construction for the rotating components have to be of a high strength to density ratio and the rotor assembly, and hence its individual components, have to be manufactured to very close tolerances in order to minimise the unbalance. In contrast to other centrifuges, the gas centrifuge for uranium enrichment is characterised by having within the rotor chamber a rotating disc-shaped baffle( or baffles) and a stationary tube arrangement for feeding and extracting the uranium hexafluoride (UF₆) gas and featuring at least three separate channels, of which two are connected to scoops extending from the rotor axis towards the periphery of the rotor chamber. Also contained within the vacuum environment are a number of critical items which do not rotate and which although they are especially designed are not difficult to fabricate nor are they fabricated out of unique materials. A centrifuge facility however requires a large number of these components, so that quantities can provide an important indication of end use.

1. Rotating components
- Complete rotor assemblies:
  Thin-walled cylinders, or a number of interconnected thin-walled cylinders, manufactured from one or more of the high strength to density ratio materials described in the Explanatory Note to this Section. If interconnected, the cylinders are joined together by flexible bellows or rings as described in section 3-2.5.1.1.c. following. The rotor is fitted with an internal baffle (or baffles) and end caps, as described in section 3-2.5.1.1.d. and 3-2.5.1.1.e. following, if in final form. However the complete assembly may be delivered only partly assembled.
- Rotor tubes:
  Especially designed or prepared thin-walled cylinders with thickness of 12 mm or less, a diameter of between 75 mm and 650 mm, and manufactured from one or more of the high strength to density ratio materials described in the Explanatory Note to this Section.
- Rings or Bellows:
  Components especially designed or prepared to give localised support to the rotor tube or to join together a number of rotor tubes. The bellows is a short cylinder of wall thickness 3 mm or less, a diameter of between 75 mm and 650 mm, having a convolute, and manufactured from one of the high strength to density ratio materials described in the Explanatory Note to this Section.
- Baffles:
  Disc-shaped components of between 75 mm and 650 mm diameter especially designed or prepared to be mounted inside the centrifuge rotor tube, in order to isolate the take-off chamber from the main separation chamber and, in some cases, to assist the UF₆ gas circulation within the main separation chamber of the rotor tube, and manufactured from one of the high strength to density ratio materials described in the Explanatory Note to this Section.
- Top caps/Bottom caps:
  Disc-shaped components of between 75 mm and 650 mm diameter especially designed or prepared to fit to the ends of the rotor tube, and so contain the UF₆ within the rotor tube, and in some cases to support, retain or contain as an integrated part an element of the upper bearing (top cap) or to carry the rotating elements of the motor and lower bearing (bottom cap), and manufactured from one of the high strength to density ratio materials described in the Explanatory Note to this Section.
Explanatory Note:
The materials used for centrifuge rotating components include the following:
- Maraging steel capable of an ultimate tensile strength of 1.95 GPa or more;
- Aluminium alloys capable of an ultimate tensile strength of 0.46 GPa or more;
- Filamentary materials suitable for use in composite structures and having a specific modulus of 3.18 x 10⁶ m or greater and a ‘specific ultimate tensile strength’ of 7.62 x 10⁴ m or greater (‘Specific Modulus’ is the Young’s Modulus in N/m² divided by the specific weight in N/m³; ‘Specific Ultimate Tensile Strength’ is the ultimate tensile strength in N/m² divided by the specific weight in N/m³).
2. Static components
- Magnetic suspension bearings:
  - 1. Especially designed or prepared bearing assemblies consisting of an annular magnet suspended within a housing containing a damping medium. The housing will be manufactured from a UF₆-resistant material (see Explanatory Note to Section 3-2.5.2.). The magnet couples with a pole piece or a second magnet fitted to the top cap described in Section 3-2.5.1.1.e. The magnet may be ring-shaped with a relation between outer and inner diameter smaller or equal to 1.6:1. The magnet may be in a form having an initial permeability of 0.15 H/m or more, or a remanence of 98.5% or more, or an energy product of greater than 80 kJ/m³. In addition to the usual material properties, it is a prerequisite that the deviation of the magnetic axes from the geometrical axes is limited to very small tolerances (lower than 0.1 mm) or that homogeneity of the material of the magnet is specially called for.
  - 2. Active magnetic bearings especially designed or prepared for use in gas centrifuges.
  Explanatory Note:
  These bearings usually have the following characteristics:
  - Designed to keep centred a rotor spinning at 600 Hz or more, and
  - Associated to a reliable electrical power supply and/or to an uninterruptible power supply UPS) unit in order to function for more than one hour.
- Bearings/Dampers:
  Especially designed or prepared bearings comprising a pivot/cup assembly mounted on a damper. The pivot is normally a hardened steel shaft with a hemisphere at one end with a means of attachment to the bottom cap described in section 3-2.5.1.1.e. at the other. The shaft may however have a hydrodynamic bearing attached. The cup is pellet-shaped with a hemispherical indentation in one surface. These components are often supplied separately to the damper.
- Molecular pumps:
  Especially designed or prepared cylinders having internally machined or extruded helical grooves and internally machined bores. Typical dimensions are as follows: 75 mm to 650 mm internal diameter, 10 mm or more wall thickness, with the length equal to or greater than the diameter. The grooves are typically rectangular in cross section and 2 mm or more in depth.
- Motor stators:
  Especially designed or prepared ring-shaped stators for high speed multiphase AC hysteresis (or reluctance) motors for synchronous operation within a vacuum at a frequency of 600 Hz or greater and a power of 40 VA or greater. The stators may consist of multi-phase windings on a laminated low loss iron core comprised of thin layers typically 2 mm thick or less.
- Centrifuge housing/recipients:
  Components especially designed or prepared to contain the rotor tube assembly of a gas centrifuge. The housing consists of a rigid cylinder of wall thickness up to 30 mm with precision machined ends to locate the bearings and with one or more flanges for mounting. The machined ends are parallel to each other and perpendicular to the cylinder’s longitudinal axis to within 0.05° or less. The housing may also be a honeycomb type structure to accommodate several rotor assemblies.
- Scoops:
  Especially designed or prepared tubes for the extraction of UF₆ gas from within the rotor tube by a Pitot tube action (that is, with an aperture facing into the circumferential gas flow within the rotor tube, for example by bending the end of a radially disposed tube) and capable of being fixed to the central gas extraction system.

3-2.5.2. Especially designed or prepared auxiliary systems, equipment and components for gas centrifuge enrichment plants

Introductory Note:

The auxiliary systems, equipment and components for a gas centrifuge enrichment plant are the systems of plant needed to feed UF₆ to the centrifuges, to link the individual centrifuges to each other to form cascades (or stages) to allow for progressively higher enrichments and to extract the ‘product’ and ‘tails’ UF₆ from the centrifuges, together with the equipment required to drive the centrifuges or to control the plant.

Normally UF₆ is evaporated from the solid using heated autoclaves and is distributed in gaseous form to the centrifuges by way of cascade header pipework. The ‘product’ and ‘tails’ UF₆ gas streams flowing from the centrifuges are also passed by way of cascade header pipework to cold traps (operating at about 203 K (-70° C)) where they are condensed prior to onward transfer into suitable containers for transportation or storage. Because an enrichment plant consists of many thousands of centrifuges arranged in cascades there are many kilometres of cascade header pipework, incorporating thousands of welds with a substantial amount of repetition of layout. The equipment, components and piping systems are fabricated to very high vacuum and cleanliness standards.

Explanatory Note:
Some of the items listed below either come into direct contact with the UF₆ process gas or directly control the centrifuges and the passage of the gas from centrifuge to centrifuge and cascade to cascade. Materials resistant to corrosion by UF₆ include copper, copper alloys, stainless steel, aluminium, aluminium oxide, aluminium alloys, nickel or alloys containing 60% by weight or more nickel and fluorinated hydrocarbon polymers.

1. Feed systems/’product’ and ‘tails’ withdrawal systems

Especially designed or prepared process systems or equipment for enrichment plants made of or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by UF₆including:
- Feed autoclaves, ovens or systems, used for passing UF₆ to the enrichment process;
- Desublimers, cold traps or pumps used to remove UF₆ from the enrichment process for subsequent transfer upon heating;
- Solidification or liquefaction stations used to remove UF₆ from the enrichment process by compressing and converting UF₆ to a liquid or solid form;
- ‘Product’ and ‘tails’ stations used for transferring UF₆ into containers
2. Machine header piping systems

Especially designed or prepared piping systems and header systems for handling UF₆ within the centrifuge cascades. The piping network is normally of the triple header system with each centrifuge connected to each of the headers. There is thus a substantial amount of repetition in its form. It is wholly made of or protected by UF₆-resistant materials (see Explanatory Note to this section) and is fabricated to very high vacuum and cleanliness standards.
3. Special shut-off and control valves
- Shut-off valves especially designed or prepared to act on the feed, ‘product’ or ‘tails’ UF₆ gas streams of an individual gas centrifuge.
- Bellows-sealed valves, manual or automated, shut-off or control, made of or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by UF₆, with an inside diameter of 10 to 160 mm, specially designed or prepared for use in main or auxiliary systems of gas centrifuge enrichment plants.
Explanatory Note:
Typical especially designed or prepared valves include bellow-sealed valves, fast acting closure-types, fast acting valves and others.
4. UF₆mass spectrometers/ion sources

Especially designed or prepared mass spectrometers capable of taking on-line samples from UF₆gas streams and having all of the following characteristics:
- 1. Capable of measuring ions of 320 atomic mass units or greater and having a resolution of better than 1 part in 320;
- 2. Ion sources constructed of or protected by nickel, nickel-copper alloys with a nickel content of 60% by weight or more, or nickel-chrome alloys;
- 3. Electron bombardment ionization sources; and
- 4. Having a collector system suitable for isotopic analysis.
5. Frequency changers

Frequency changers (also known as converters or invertors) especially designed or prepared to supply motor stators as defined under 3-2.5.1.2.d., or parts, components and sub-assemblies of such frequency changers having both of the following characteristics:
- 1. A multiphase frequency output of 600 Hz or greater; and
- 2. High stability (with frequency control better than 0.2%);

3-2.5.3. Especially designed or prepared assemblies and components for use in gaseous diffusion enrichment

Introductory Note:

In the gaseous diffusion method of uranium isotope separation, the main technological assembly is a special porous gaseous diffusion barrier, heat exchanger for cooling the gas (which is heated by the process of compression), seal valves and control valves, and pipelines. In as much as gaseous diffusion technology uses UF₆ , all equipment, pipeline and instrumentation surfaces (that come in contact with the gas) must be made of materials that remain stable in contact with UF₆. A gaseous diffusion facility requires a number of these assemblies, so that quantities can provide an important indication of end use.

1. Gaseous diffusion barriers and barrier materials
- Especially designed or prepared thin, porous filters, with a pore size of 10-100 nm, a thickness of 5 mm or less, and for tubular forms, a diameter of 25 mm or less, made of metallic, polymer or ceramic materials resistant to corrosion by UF₆ (see Explanatory Note to section 3-2.5.4.).
- Especially prepared compounds or powders for the manufacture of such filters. Such compounds and powders include nickel or alloys containing 60% by weight or more nickel, aluminium oxide, or UF₆-resistant fully fluorinated hydrocarbon polymers having a purity of 99.9% by weight or more, a particle size less than 10 µm, and a high degree of particle size uniformity, which are especially prepared for the manufacture of gaseous diffusion barriers.
2. Diffuser housings
Especially designed or prepared hermetically sealed vessels for containing the gaseous diffusion barrier, made of or protected by UF₆-resistant materials (see Explanatory Note to section 3-2.5.4.).
3. Compressors and gas blowers
Especially designed or prepared compressors, or gas blowers with a suction volume capacity of 1 m³ per minute or more of UF₆, with a discharge pressure of up to 500 kPa, and designed for long-term operation in the UF₆ environment, as well as separate assemblies of such compressors and gas blowers. These compressors and gas blowers have a pressure ratio of 10:1 or less and are made of, or protected by, materials resistant to UF₆ (see Explanatory Note to section 3-2.5.4.).
4. Rotary shaft seals
Especially designed or prepared vacuum seals, with seal feed and seal exhaust connections, for sealing the shaft connecting the compressor or the gas blower rotor with the driver motor so as to ensure a reliable seal against in-leaking of air into the inner chamber of the compressor or gas blower which is filled with UF₆. Such seals are normally designed for a buffer gas in-leakage rate of less than 1000 cm³ per minute.
5. Heat exchangers for cooling UF₆
Especially designed or prepared heat exchangers made of or protected by UF₆-resistant materials (see Explanatory Note to section 3-2.5.4.), and intended for a leakage pressure change rate of less than 10 Pa per hour under a pressure difference of 100 kPa.

3-2.5.4. Especially designed or prepared auxiliary systems, equipment and components for use in gaseous diffusion enrichment

Introductory Note:

The auxiliary systems, equipment and components for gaseous diffusion enrichment plants are the systems of plant needed to feed UF₆ to the gaseous diffusion assembly, to link the individual assemblies to each other to form cascades (or stages) to allow for progressively higher enrichments and to extract the ‘product’ and ‘tails’ UF₆ from the diffusion cascades. Because of the high inertial properties of diffusion cascades, any interruption in their operation, and especially their shut-down, leads to serious consequences. Therefore, a strict and constant maintenance of vacuum in all technological systems, automatic protection from accidents, and precise automated regulation of the gas flow is of importance in a gaseous diffusion plant. All this leads to a need to equip the plant with a large number of special measuring, regulating and controlling systems.

Normally UF₆ is evaporated from cylinders placed within autoclaves and is distributed in gaseous form to the entry point by way of cascade header pipework. The ‘product’ and ‘tails’ UF₆ gas streams flowing from exit points are passed by way of cascade header pipework to either cold traps or to compression stations where the UF₆ gas is liquefied prior to onward transfer into suitable containers for transportation or storage. Because a gaseous diffusion enrichment plant consists of a large number of gaseous diffusion assemblies arranged in cascades, there are many kilometres of cascade header pipework, incorporating thousands of welds with substantial amounts of repetition of layout. The equipment, components and piping systems are fabricated to very high vacuum and cleanliness standards.

Explanatory Note:
The items listed below either come into direct contact with the UF₆ process gas or directly control the flow within the cascade. Materials resistant to corrosion by UF₆ include copper, copper alloys, stainless steel, aluminium, aluminium oxide, aluminium alloys, nickel or alloys containing 60% by weight or more nickel and fluorinated hydrocarbon polymers.

1. Feed systems/’product’ and ‘tails’ withdrawal systems
Especially designed or prepared process systems, or equipment for enrichment plants made of or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by UF₆ including:
- Feed autoclaves, ovens, or systems, used for passing UF₆ to the enrichment process;
- Desublimers, cold traps or pumps used to remove UF₆ from the enrichment process for subsequent transfer upon heating;
- Solidification or Liquefaction stations used to remove UF₆ from the enrichment process by compressing and converting UF₆ to a liquid or solid form;
- ‘Product’ or ‘tails’ stations used for transferring UF₆ into containers.
2. Header piping systems
Especially designed or prepared piping systems and header systems for handling UF₆ within the gaseous diffusion cascades.
Explanatory Note:
This piping network is normally of the 'double' header system with each cell connected to each of the headers.
3. Vacuum systems
- Especially designed or prepared vacuum manifolds, vacuum headers and vacuum pumps having a suction capacity of 5 m³/min or more.
- Vacuum pumps especially designed for service in UF₆-bearing atmospheres made of, or protected by, materials resistant to corrosion by UF₆ (see Explanatory Note to this section). These pumps may be either rotary or positive, may have displacement and fluorocarbon seals, and may have special working fluids present.
4. Special shut-off and control valves
Especially designed or prepared bellows-sealed valves, manual or automated shut-off or control, made of or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by UF₆, for installation in main and auxiliary systems of gaseous diffusion enrichment plants.
5. UF₆mass spectrometers/ion sources
Especially designed or prepared mass spectrometers capable of taking “on-line samples” from UF₆ gas streams and having all of the following:
- 1. Capable of measuring ions of 320 atomic mass units or greater and having a resolution of better than 1 part in 320;
- 2. Ion sources constructed of or protected by nickel, nickel-copper alloys with a nickel content of 60% by weight or more, or nickel-chrome alloys;
- 3. Electron bombardment ionisation sources; and
- 4. Having a collector system suitable for isotopic analysis.

3-2.5.5. Especially designed or prepared systems, equipment and components for use in aerodynamic enrichment plants

Introductory Note:
In aerodynamic enrichment processes, a mixture of gaseous UF₆ and light gas (hydrogen or helium) is compressed and then passed through separating elements wherein isotopic separation is accomplished by the generation of high centrifugal forces over a curved-wall geometry. Two processes of this type have been successfully developed: the separation nozzle process and the vortex tube process. For both processes the main components of a separation stage include cylindrical vessels housing the special separation elements (nozzles or vortex tubes), gas compressors and heat exchangers to remove the heat of compression. An aerodynamic plant requires a number of these stages, so that quantities can provide an important indication of end use. Since aerodynamic processes use UF₆, all equipment, pipeline and instrumentation surfaces (that come in contact with the gas) must be made of, or protected by materials that remain stable in contact with UF₆.

Explanatory Note:

The items listed in this section either come into direct contact with the UF₆ process gas or directly control the flow within the cascade. All surfaces which come into contact with the process gas are wholly made of or protected by UF₆-resistant materials. For the purposes of the section relating to aerodynamic enrichment items, the materials resistant to corrosion by UF₆ include copper, copper alloys, stainless steel, aluminium, aluminium oxide, aluminium alloys, nickel or alloys containing 60% by weight or more nickel and fluorinated hydrocarbon polymers.

1. Separation nozzles
Especially designed or prepared separation nozzles and assemblies thereof. The separation nozzles consist of slit-shaped, curved channels having a radius of curvature less than 1 mm, resistant to corrosion by UF₆ and having a knife-edge within the nozzle that separates the gas flowing through the nozzle into two fractions.
2. Vortex tubes
Especially designed or prepared vortex tubes and assemblies thereof. The vortex tubes are cylindrical or tapered, made of or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by UF₆, and with one or more tangential inlets. The tubes may be equipped with nozzle-type appendages at either or both ends.
Explanatory Note:
The feed gas enters the vortex tube tangentially at one end or through swirl vanes or at numerous tangential positions along the periphery of the tube.
3. Compressors and gas blowers
Especially designed or prepared compressors or gas blowers made of or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by the UF₆/carrier gas (hydrogen or helium) mixture.
4. Rotary shaft seals
Especially designed or prepared rotary shaft seals, with seal feed and seal exhaust connections, for sealing the shaft connecting the compressor rotor or the gas blower rotor with the driver motor so as to ensure a reliable seal against out-leakage of process gas or in leakage of air or seal gas into the inner chamber of the compressor or gas blower which is filled with a UF₆/carrier gas mixture.
5. Heat exchangers for gas cooling
Especially designed or prepared heat exchangers made of or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by UF₆.
6. Separation element housings
Especially designed or prepared separation element housings, made of or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by UF₆, for containing vortex tubes or separation nozzles.
7. Feed systems/’product’ and ‘tails’ withdrawal systems
Especially designed or prepared process systems or equipment for enrichment plants made of or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by UF₆, including:
- Feed autoclaves, ovens, or systems used for passing UF₆ to the enrichment process;
- Desublimers (or cold traps) used to remove UF₆ from the enrichment process for subsequent transfer upon heating;
- Solidification or liquefaction stations used to remove UF₆ from the enrichment process by compressing and converting UF₆ to a liquid or solid form;
- ‘Product’ or ‘tails’ stations used for transferring UF₆ into containers.
8. Header piping systems
Especially designed or prepared header piping systems, made of or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by UF₆, for handling UF₆ within the aerodynamic cascades. This piping network is normally of the 'double' header design with each stage or group of stages connected to each of the headers.
9. Vacuum systems and pumps
- Especially designed or prepared vacuum systems consisting of vacuum manifolds, vacuum headers and vacuum pumps, and designed for service in UF₆-bearing atmospheres;
- Vacuum pumps especially designed or prepared for service in UF₆-bearing atmospheres and made of or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by UF₆. These pumps may use fluorocarbon seals and special working fluids.
10. Special shut-off and control valves
Especially designed or prepared bellows-sealed valves, manual or automated shut-off or control made of or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by UF₆ with a diameter of 40 mm or greater for installation in main and auxiliary systems of aerodynamic enrichment plants.
11. UF₆mass spectrometers/Ion sources
Especially designed or prepared mass spectrometers capable of taking on-line samples from UF₆ gas streams and having all of the following:
- 1. Capable of measuring ions of 320 atomic mass units or greater and having a resolution of better than 1 part in 320;
- 2. Ion sources constructed of or protected by nickel, nickel-copper alloys with a nickel content of 60% by weight or more, or nickel-chrome alloys;
- 3. Electron bombardment ionization sources; and
- 4. Having a collector system suitable for isotopic analysis.
12. UF₆/carrier gas separation systems
Especially designed or prepared process systems for separating UF₆ from carrier gas (hydrogen or helium).
Explanatory Note:
These systems are designed to reduce the UF₆ content in the carrier gas to 1 ppm or less and may incorporate equipment such as:
- Cryogenic heat exchangers and cryoseparators capable of temperatures of 153 K (-120 °C) or less;
- Cryogenic refrigeration units capable of temperatures of 153 K (-120° C) or less;
- Separation nozzle or vortex tube units for the separation of UF₆ from carrier gas; or
- UF₆ cold traps capable of freezing out UF₆.

3-2.5.6. Especially designed or prepared systems, equipment and components for use in chemical exchange or ion exchange enrichment plants.

Introductory Note:

The slight difference in mass between the isotopes of uranium causes small changes in chemical reaction Equilibria that can be used as a basis for separation of the isotopes. Two processes have been successfully developed: liquid-liquid chemical exchange and solid-liquid ion exchange.

In the liquid-liquid chemical exchange process, immiscible liquid phases (aqueous and organic) are counter currently contacted to give the cascading effect of thousands of separation stages. The aqueous phase consists of uranium chloride in hydrochloric acid solution; the organic phase consists of an extractant containing uranium chloride in an organic solvent. The contactors employed in the separation cascade can be liquid-liquid exchange columns (such as pulsed columns with sieve plates) or liquid centrifugal contactors. Chemical conversions (oxidation and reduction) are required at both ends of the separation cascade in order to provide for the reflux requirements at each end. A major design concern is to avoid contamination of the process streams with certain metal ions. Plastic, plastic-lined (including use of fluorocarbon polymers) and/or glass-lined columns and piping are therefore used.

In the solid-liquid ion-exchange process, enrichment is accomplished by uranium adsorption/desorption on a special, very fast-acting, ion-exchange resin or adsorbent. A solution of uranium in hydrochloric acid and other chemical agents is passed through cylindrical enrichment columns containing packed beds of the adsorbent. For a continuous process, a reflux system is necessary to release the uranium from the adsorbent back into the liquid flow so that ‘product’ and ‘tails’ can be collected. This is accomplished with the use of suitable reduction/oxidation chemical agents that are fully regenerated in separate external circuits and that may be partially regenerated within the isotopic separation columns themselves. The presence of hot concentrated hydrochloric acid solutions in the process requires that the equipment be made of or protected by special corrosion-resistant materials.

1. Liquid-liquid exchange columns (Chemical exchange)
Countercurrent liquid-liquid exchange columns having mechanical power input, especially designed or prepared for uranium enrichment using the chemical exchange process. For corrosion resistance to concentrated hydrochloric acid solutions, these columns, and their internals are normally made of or protected by suitable plastic materials (such as fluorinated hydrocarbon polymers) or glass. The stage residence time of the columns is normally designed to be 30 s or less.
2. Liquid-liquid centrifugal contactors (Chemical exchange)
Liquid-liquid centrifugal contactors especially designed or prepared for uranium enrichment using the chemical exchange process. Such contactors use rotation to achieve dispersion of the organic and aqueous streams and then centrifugal force to separate the phases. For corrosion resistance to concentrated hydrochloric acid solutions, the contactors are normally made of or protected by suitable plastic materials (such as fluorinated hydrocarbon polymers) or glass. The stage residence time of the centrifugal contactors is normally designed to be 30 s or less.
3. Uranium reduction systems and equipment (Chemical exchange)
- Especially designed or prepared electrochemical reduction cells to reduce uranium from one valence state to another for uranium enrichment using the chemical exchange process. The cell materials in contact with process solutions must be corrosion resistant to concentrated hydrochloric acid solutions.
  Explanatory Note:
  The cell cathodic compartment must be designed to prevent re-oxidation of uranium to its higher valence state. To keep the uranium in the cathodic compartment, the cell may have an impervious diaphragm membrane constructed of special cation exchange material. The cathode consists of a suitable solid conductor such as graphite.
- Especially designed or prepared systems at the product end of the cascade for taking the U⁺⁴out of the organic stream, adjusting the acid concentration and feeding to the electrochemical reduction cells.
  Explanatory Note:
  These systems consist of solvent extraction equipment for stripping the U⁺⁴ from the organic stream into an aqueous solution, evaporation and/or other equipment to accomplish solution pH adjustment and control, and pumps or other transfer devices for feeding to the electrochemical reduction cells. A major design concern is to avoid contamination of the aqueous stream with certain metal ions. Consequently, for those parts in contact with the process stream, the system is constructed of equipment made of or protected by suitable materials (such as glass, fluorocarbon polymers, polyphenyl sulphate, polyether sulphone, and resin-impregnated graphite).
4. Feed preparation systems (Chemical exchange)
Especially designed or prepared systems for producing high-purity uranium chloride feed solutions for chemical exchange uranium isotope separation plants.
Explanatory Note:
These systems consist of dissolution, solvent extraction and/or ion exchange equipment for purification and electrolytic cells for reducing the uranium U⁺⁶ or U⁺⁴ to U⁺³. These systems produce uranium chloride solutions having only a few parts per million of metallic impurities such as chromium, iron, vanadium, molybdenum and other bivalent or higher multi-valent cations. Materials of construction for portions of the system processing high purity U⁺³ include glass, fluorinated hydrocarbon polymers, polyphenyl sulfate or polyether sulfone plastic-lined and resin impregnated graphite.
5. Uranium oxidation systems (Chemical exchange)
Especially designed or prepared systems for oxidation of U⁺³ to U⁺⁴ for return to the uranium isotope separation cascade in the chemical exchange enrichment process.
Explanatory Note:
These systems may incorporate equipment such as:
- Equipment for contacting chlorine and oxygen with the aqueous effluent from the isotope separation equipment and extracting the resultant U⁺⁴ into the stripped organic stream returning from the product end of the cascade,
- Equipment that separates water from hydrochloric acid so that the water and the concentrated hydrochloric acid may be reintroduced to the process at the proper locations.
6. Fast-reacting ion exchange resins/adsorbents (Ion exchange)
Fast-reacting ion-exchange resins or adsorbents especially designed or prepared for uranium enrichment using the ion exchange process, including porous macroreticular resins, and/or pellicular structures in which the active chemical exchange groups are limited to a coating on the surface of an inactive porous support structure, and other composite structures in any suitable form including particles or fibres. These ion exchange resins/adsorbents have diameters of 0.2 mm or less and must be chemically resistant to concentrated hydrochloric acid solutions as well as physically strong enough so as not to degrade in the exchange columns. The resins/adsorbents are especially designed to achieve very fast uranium isotope exchange kinetics (exchange rate half-time of less than 10 s) and are capable of operating at a temperature in the range of 373 K (100 °C) to 473 K (200 °C).
7. Ion exchange columns (Ion exchange)
Cylindrical columns greater than 1,000 mm in diameter for containing and supporting packed beds of ion exchange resin/adsorbent, especially designed or prepared for uranium enrichment using the ion exchange process. These columns are made of or protected by materials (such as titanium or fluorocarbon plastics) resistant to corrosion by concentrated hydrochloric acid solutions and are capable of operating at a temperature in the range of 373 K (100 °C) to 473 K (200 °C) and pressures above 0.7 MPa.
8. Ion exchange reflux systems (Ion exchange)
- Especially designed or prepared chemical or electrochemical reduction systems for regeneration of the chemical reducing agent used in ion exchange uranium enrichment cascades.
- Especially designed or prepared chemical or electrochemical oxidation systems for regeneration of the chemical oxidising agent (agents) used in ion exchange uranium enrichment cascades.
Explanatory Note:
The ion exchange enrichment process may use, for example, trivalent titanium (Ti⁺³) as a reducing cation in which case the reduction system would regenerate Ti⁺³ by reducing Ti⁺⁴.
The process may use, for example, trivalent iron (Fe⁺³) as an oxidant in which case the oxidation system would regenerate Fe⁺³ by oxidising Fe⁺².

3-2.5.7. Especially designed or prepared systems, equipment and components for use in laser-based enrichment plants.

Introductory Note:

Present systems for enrichment processes using lasers fall into two categories: those in which the process medium is atomic uranium vapour and those in which the process medium is the vapour of a uranium compound sometimes mixed with another gas or gases. Common nomenclature for such processes include:

first category - atomic vapour laser isotope separation;
second category - molecular laser isotope separation, including chemical reaction by isotope selective laser activation.

The systems, equipment and components for laser enrichment plants include:

Devices to feed uranium-metal vapour (for selective photo-ionization) or devices to feed the vapour of a uranium compound (for selective photo-dissociation or selective excitation/activation);
Devices to collect enriched and depleted uranium metal as ‘product’ and ‘tails’ in the first category, and devices to collect enriched and depleted uranium compounds as ‘product’ and ‘tails’ in the second category;
Process laser systems to selectively excite the uranium-235(²³⁵U) species;
Feed preparation and product conversion equipment.

The complexity of the spectroscopy of uranium atoms and compounds may require incorporation of any of a number of available laser and laser optics technologies.

Explanatory Note:

Many of the items listed in this section come into direct contact with uranium metal vapour or liquid or with process gas consisting of UF₆ or a mixture of UF₆ and other gases. All surfaces that come into direct contact with the uranium or UF₆ are wholly made of or protected by corrosion-resistant materials. For the purposes of the section relating to laser-based enrichment items, the materials resistant to corrosion by the vapour or liquid of uranium metal or uranium alloys include yttria-coated graphite and tantalum; and the materials resistant to corrosion by UF₆ include copper, copper alloys, stainless steel, aluminium, aluminium oxide, aluminium alloys, nickel or alloys containing 60% by weight or more nickel and fluorinated hydrocarbon polymers.

1. Uranium vaporisation systems (atomic vapour based methods)

Especially designed or prepared uranium metal vaporisation systems for use in laser enrichment.

Explanatory Note:
These systems may contain electron beam guns and are designed to achieve a delivered power (1kW or greater) on the target sufficient to generate uranium metal vapour at a rate required for the laser enrichment function.
2. Liquid or vapour uranium metal handling systems and components (atomic vapour based methods)

Especially designed or prepared systems for handling molten uranium, molten uranium alloys, or uranium metal vapour for use in laser enrichment or especially designed or prepared components therefor.

Explanatory Note:
The liquid uranium metal handling systems may consist of crucibles and cooling equipment for the crucibles.

The crucibles and other parts of this system that come into contact with molten uranium, molten uranium alloys or uranium metal vapour are made of or protected by materials of suitable corrosion and heat resistance. Suitable materials may include tantalum, yttria coated graphite, graphite coated with other rare earth oxides (see Group 4) or mixtures thereof.
3. Uranium metal ‘product’ and ‘tails’ collector assemblies (atomic vapour based methods)

Especially designed or prepared ‘product’ and ‘tails’ collector assemblies for collecting uranium metal in liquid or solid form.

Explanatory Note:
Components for these assemblies are made of or protected by materials resistant to the heat and corrosion of uranium metal vapor or liquid (such as yttria-coated graphite or tantalum) and may include pipes, valves, fittings, gutters, feed-throughs, heat exchangers and collector plates for magnetic, electrostatic or other separation methods.
4. Separator module housings (atomic vapour based methods)

Especially designed or prepared cylindrical or rectangular vessels for containing the uranium metal vapour source, the electron beam gun, and the ‘product’ and ‘tails’ collectors.

Explanatory Note:
These housings have multiplicity of ports for electrical and water feed-throughs, laser beam windows, vacuum pump connections and instrumentation diagnostics and monitoring. They have provisions for opening and closing to allow refurbishment of internal components.
5. Supersonic expansion nozzles (molecular based methods)

Especially designed or prepared supersonic expansion nozzles for cooling mixtures of UF₆ and carrier gas to 150 K (-123 °C) or less and which are corrosion resistant to UF₆.
6. ‘Product’ or ‘Tails’ collectors (molecular based methods)

Especially designed or prepared components or devices for collecting uranium ‘product’ material or uranium ‘tails’ material following illumination with laser light.

Explanatory Note:
In one example of molecular laser isotope separation, the product collectors serve to collect enriched uranium pentafluoride (UF₅) solid material. The product collectors may consist of filter, impact, or cyclone-type collectors, or combinations thereof, and must be corrosion resistant to the UF₅ /UF₆ environment.
7. UF₆/carrier gas compressors (molecular based methods)

Especially designed or prepared compressors for UF₆/carrier gas mixtures, designed for long term operation in a UF₆ environment. The components of these compressors that come into contact with process gas are made of or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by UF₆.
8. Rotary shaft seals (molecular based methods)

Especially designed or prepared rotary shaft seals, with seal feed and seal exhaust connections, for sealing the shaft connecting the compressor rotor with the driver motor so as to ensure a reliable seal against out-leakage of process gas or in-leakage of air or seal gas into the inner chamber of the compressor which is filled with a UF₆/carrier gas mixture.
9. Fluorination systems (molecular based methods)

Especially designed or prepared systems for fluorinating UF₅ (solid) to UF₆ (gas).

Explanatory Note:
These systems are designed to fluorinate the collected UF₅ powder to UF₆ for subsequent collection in product containers or for transfer as feed for additional enrichment. In one approach, the fluorination reaction may be accomplished within the isotope separation system to react and recover directly off the product collectors. In another approach, the UF₅ powder may be removed/transferred from the product collectors into a suitable reaction vessel (e.g., fluidised-bed reactor, screw reactor or flame tower) for fluorination. In both approaches, equipment for storage and transfer of fluorine (or other suitable fluorinating agents) and for collection and transfer of UF₆ are used.
10. UF₆mass spectrometers/ion sources (molecular based methods)

Especially designed or prepared mass spectrometers capable of taking on-line samples from UF₆gas streams and having all of the following:
- 1. Capable of measuring ions of 320 atomic mass units or greater and having a resolution of better than 1 part in 320;
- 2. Ion sources constructed of or protected by nickel, nickel-copper alloys with a nickel content of 60% by weight or more, or nickel-chrome alloys;
- 3. Electron bombardment ionisation sources; and
- 4. Having a collector system suitable for isotopic analysis.
11. Feed systems/’product’ and ‘tails’ withdrawal systems (molecular based methods)

Especially designed or prepared process systems or equipment for enrichment plants made of or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by UF₆, including:
- Feed autoclaves, ovens, or systems used for passing UF₆ to the enrichment process;
- Desublimers (or cold traps) used to remove UF₆ from the enrichment process for subsequent transfer upon heating;
- Solidification or liquefaction stations used to remove UF₆ from the enrichment process by compressing and converting UF₆ to a liquid or solid form;
- ‘Product’ or ‘tails’ stations used for transferring UF₆ into containers.
12. UF₆/carrier gas separation systems (molecular based methods)

Especially designed or prepared process systems for separating UF₆ from carrier gas.

Explanatory Note:
These systems may incorporate equipment such as:
- Cryogenic heat exchangers or cryoseparators capable of temperatures of 153 K (-120 °C) or less;
- Cryogenic refrigeration units capable of temperatures of 153 K (-120° C) or less;
- UF₆ cold traps capable of freezing out UF₆.
The carrier gas may be nitrogen, argon, or other gas.
13. Laser systems

Lasers or laser systems especially designed or prepared for the separation of uranium isotopes.

Explanatory Note:
The lasers and laser components of importance in laser-based enrichment processes include those identified in Group 4. The laser system typically contains both optical and electronic components for the management of the laser beam (or beams) and the transmission to the isotope separation chamber. The laser system for atomic vapour based methods usually consists of tunable dye lasers pumped by another type of laser (e.g. copper vapour laser or certain solid-state lasers). The laser system for molecular based methods may consist of carbon dioxide lasers or excimer laser and a multi-pass optical cell. Lasers or laser systems for both methods require a spectrum frequency stabilisation for operation over extended periods of time.

3-2.5.8. Especially designed or prepared systems, equipment and components for use in plasma separation enrichment plants.

Introductory Note:

In the plasma separation process, a plasma of uranium ions passes through an electric field tuned to the ²³⁵U ion resonance frequency so that they preferentially absorb energy and increase the diameter of their corkscrew-like orbits. Ions with a large diameter path are trapped to produce a product enriched in ²³⁵U. The plasma, which is made by ionising uranium vapor, is contained in a vacuum chamber with a high-strength magnetic field produced by a superconducting magnet. The main technological systems of the process include the uranium plasma generation system, the separator module with superconducting magnet (see Group 4), and metal removal systems for the collection of ‘product’ and ‘tails’.

1. Microwave power sources and antennae

Especially designed or prepared microwave power sources and antennae for producing or accelerating ions and having the following characteristics: greater than 30 GHz frequency and greater than 50 kW mean power output for ion production.
2. Ion excitation coils

Especially designed or prepared radio frequency ion excitation coils for frequencies of more than 100 kHz and capable of handling more than 40 kW mean power.
3. Uranium plasma generation systems

Especially designed or prepared systems for the generation of uranium plasma, for use in plasma separation plants.
4. Not used since 2013
5. Uranium metal ‘product’ and ‘tails’ collector assemblies

Especially designed or prepared ‘product’ and ‘tails’ collector assemblies for uranium metal in solid form. These collector assemblies are made of or protected by materials resistant to the heat and corrosion of uranium metal vapour, such as yttria-coated graphite or tantalum.
6. Separator module housings

Cylindrical vessels especially designed or prepared for use in plasma separation enrichment plants for containing the uranium plasma source, radio-frequency drive coil and the ‘product’ and ‘tails’ collectors.

Explanatory Note:
These housings have a multiplicity of ports for electrical feed-throughs, diffusion pump connections and instrumentation diagnostics and monitoring. They have provisions for opening and closing to allow for refurbishment of internal components and are constructed of a suitable non-magnetic material such as stainless steel.

3-2.5.9. Especially designed or prepared systems, equipment and components for use in electromagnetic enrichment plants

Introductory Note:

In the electromagnetic process, uranium metal ions produced by ionization of a salt feed material (typically uranium tetrachloride (UCI4)) are accelerated and passed through a magnetic field that has the effect of causing the ions of different isotopes to follow different paths. The major components of an electromagnetic isotope separator include: a magnetic field for ion-beam diversion/separation of the isotopes, an ion source with its acceleration system, and a collection system for the separated ions. Auxiliary systems for the process include the magnet power supply system, the ion source high-voltage power supply system, the vacuum system, and extensive chemical handling systems for recovery of product and cleaning/recycling of components.

1. Electromagnetic isotope separators

Electromagnetic isotope separators especially designed or prepared for the separation of uranium isotopes, and equipment and components therefor, including:
- Ion sources
  
  Especially designed or prepared single or multiple uranium ion sources consisting of a vapour source, ioniser, and beam accelerator, constructed of suitable materials such as graphite, stainless steel, or copper, and capable of providing a total ion beam current of 50 mA or greater.
- Ion collectors
  
  Collector plates consisting of two or more slits and pockets especially designed or prepared for collection of enriched and depleted uranium ion beams and constructed of suitable materials such as graphite or stainless steel.
- Vacuum housings
  
  Especially designed or prepared vacuum housings for uranium electromagnetic separators, constructed of suitable non-magnetic materials such as stainless steel and designed for operation at pressures of 0.1 Pa or lower.
  
  Explanatory Note:
  The housings are specially designed to contain the ion sources, collector plates and water-cooled liners and have provision for diffusion pump connections and opening and closing for removal and reinstallation of these components.
- Magnet pole pieces
  
  Especially designed or prepared magnet pole pieces having a diameter greater than 2 m and used to maintain a constant magnetic field within an electromagnetic isotope separator and to transfer the magnetic field between adjoining separators.
2. High voltage power supplies

Especially designed or prepared high-voltage power supplies for ion sources, having both of the following characteristics:
- 1. Capable of continuous operation, output voltage of 20,000 V or greater, output current of 1 A or greater; and
- 2. Voltage regulation of better than 0.01% over a time period of 8 h.
3. Magnet power supplies

Especially designed or prepared high-power, direct current magnet power supplies having both of the following characteristics:
- 1. Capable of continuously producing a current output of 500 A or greater at a voltage of 100 V or greater; and
- 2. Current or voltage regulation better than 0.01% over a period of 8 h.
capable of continuously producing a current output of 500 A or greater at a voltage of 100 V or greater and with a current or voltage regulation better than 0.01% over a period of 8 hours.

3-2.6 Plants for the production or concentration of heavy water, deuterium and deuterium compounds and equipment especially designed or prepared therefor;

Introductory Note:

Heavy water can be produced by a variety of processes. However, the two processes that have proven to be commercially viable are the water-hydrogen sulphide exchange process (GS process) and the ammonia-hydrogen exchange process.

The GS process is based upon the exchange of hydrogen and deuterium between water and hydrogen sulphide within a series of towers which are operated with the top section cold and the bottom section hot. Water flows down the towers while the hydrogen sulphide gas circulates from the bottom to the top of the towers. A series of perforated trays are used to promote mixing between the gas and the water. Deuterium migrates to the water at low temperatures and to the hydrogen sulphide at high temperatures. Gas or water, enriched in deuterium, is removed from the first stage towers at the junction of the hot and cold sections and the process is repeated in subsequent, stage towers. The product of the last stage, water enriched up to 30% by weight in deuterium, is sent to a distillation unit to, produce reactor grade heavy water; i.e., 99.75% by weight deuterium oxide (D₂O).

The ammonia-hydrogen exchange process can extract deuterium from synthesis gas through contact with liquid ammonia(NH₃) in the presence of a catalyst. The synthesis gas is fed into exchange towers and to an ammonia converter. Inside the towers the gas flows from the bottom to the top while the liquid ammonia (NH₃) flows from the top to the bottom. The deuterium is stripped from the hydrogen in the synthesis gas and concentrated in the NH₃. The NH₃ then flows into an ammonia cracker at the bottom of the tower while the gas flows into an ammonia converter at the top. Further enrichment takes place in subsequent stages and reactor grade heavy water is produced through final distillation. The synthesis gas feed can be provided by an ammonia plant that, in turn, can be constructed in association with a heavy water ammonia-hydrogen exchange plant. The ammonia-hydrogen exchange process can also use ordinary water as a feed source of deuterium.

Many of the key equipment items for heavy water production plants using GS or the ammonia-hydrogen exchange processes are common to several segments of the chemical and petroleum industries. This is particularly so for small plants using the GS process. However, few of the items are available off-the-shelf. The GS and ammonia hydrogen processes require the handling of large quantities of flammable, corrosive and toxic fluids at elevated pressures.

Accordingly, in establishing the design and operating standards for plants and equipment using these processes, careful attention to the materials selection and specifications is required to ensure long service life with high safety and reliability factors. The choice of scale is primarily a function of economics and need. Thus, most of the equipment items would be prepared according to the requirements of the customer.

Finally, it should be noted that, in both the GS and the ammonia-hydrogen exchange processes, items of equipment which individually are not especially designed or prepared for heavy water production can be assembled into systems which are especially designed or prepared for producing heavy water. The catalyst production system used in the ammonia-hydrogen exchange process and water distillation systems used for the final concentration of heavy water to reactor-grade in either process are examples of such systems.

The items of equipment which are especially designed or prepared for the production of heavy water utilising either the water-hydrogen sulphide exchange process or the ammonia-hydrogen exchange process include the following:

1. Water - hydrogen sulphide exchange towers

Exchange towers with diameters of 1.5 m or greater and capable of operating at pressures greater than or equal to 2 MPa, especially designed or prepared for heavy water production utilising the water-hydrogen sulphide exchange process.
2. Blowers and compressors

Single stage, low head (i.e., 0.2 MPa) centrifugal blowers or compressors for hydrogen-sulphide gas circulation (i.e., gas containing more than 70% by weight hydrogen sulphide, H₂S) especially designed or prepared for heavy water production utilizing the water-hydrogen sulphide exchange process. These blowers or compressors have a throughput capacity greater than or equal to 56 m³/s while operating at pressures greater than or equal to 1.8 MPa suction and have seals designed for wet H₂S service.
3. Ammonia-hydrogen exchange towers

Ammonia-hydrogen exchange towers greater than or equal to 35 m in height with diameters of 1.5 m to 2.5 m capable of operating at pressures greater than 15 MPa especially designed or prepared for heavy water production utilising the ammonia-hydrogen exchange process. These towers also have at least one flanged, axial opening of the same diameter as the cylindrical part through which the tower internals can be inserted or withdrawn.
4. Tower internals and stage pumps

Tower internals and stage pumps especially designed or prepared for towers for heavy water production utilising the ammonia-hydrogen exchange process. Tower internals include especially designed stage contactors which promote intimate gas/liquid contact. Stage pumps include especially designed submersible pumps for circulation of liquid NH₃ within a contacting stage internal to the stage towers.
5. NH₃ Crackers

NH₃ crackers with operating pressures greater than or equal to 3 MPa especially designed or prepared for heavy water production utilizing the ammonia-hydrogen exchange process.
6. Infrared absorption analyzers

Infrared absorption analyzers capable of 'on-line' hydrogen/deuterium ratio analysis where deuterium concentrations are equal to or greater than 90% by weight.
7. Catalytic burners

Catalytic burners for the conversion of enriched deuterium gas into heavy water especially designed or prepared for heavy water production utilizing the ammonia-hydrogen exchange process.
8. Complete heavy water upgrade systems or columns therefor

Complete heavy water upgrade systems, or columns therefor, especially designed or prepared for the upgrade of heavy water to reactor-grade deuterium concentration.

Explanatory Note:
These systems, which usually employ water distillation to separate heavy water from light water, are especially designed or prepared to produce reactor-grade heavy water (i.e., typically 99.75% by weight D₂D deuterium oxide) from heavy water feedstock of lesser concentration.
9. NH₃ synthesis converters or synthesis units

NH₃ synthesis converters or synthesis units especially designed or prepared for heavy water production utilising the ammonia-hydrogen exchange process.

Explanatory Note:
These converters or units take synthesis gas (nitrogen and hydrogen) from an NH₃/hydrogen high-pressure exchange column (or columns), and the synthesized NH₃ is returned to the exchange column (or columns).

3-2.7. Plants for the conversion of uranium and plutonium for use in the fabrication of fuel elements and the separation of uranium isotopes as defined in Items 3-2.4. and 3-2.5. respectively, and equipment especially designed or prepared therefor;

3-2.7.1. Plants for the conversion of uranium and equipment especially designed or prepared therefor

Introductory Note:

Uranium conversion plants and systems may perform one or more transformations from one uranium chemical species to another, including: conversion of uranium ore concentrates to uranium trioxide (UO₃), conversion of UO₃ to uranium dioxide (UO₂₎, conversion of uranium oxides to uranium tetrafluoride (UF₄), UF₆, or UCl₄, conversion of UF₄ to UF₆, conversion of UF₆ to UF₄, conversion of UF₄ to uranium metal, and conversion of uranium fluorides to UO₂.

Many of the key equipment items for uranium conversion plants are common to several segments of the chemical process industry. For example, the types of equipment employed in these processes may include: furnaces, rotary kilns, fluidized bed reactors, flame tower reactors, liquid centrifuges, distillation columns and liquid-liquid extraction columns. However, few of the items are available 'off-the-shelf ', most would be prepared according to the requirements and specifications of the customer. In some instances, special design and construction considerations are required to address the corrosive properties of some of the chemicals handledhydrogen fluoride (HF), fluorine (F₂),chlorine trifluoride (CIF₃), and uranium fluorides) as well as nuclear criticality concerns. Finally, it should be noted that, in all of the uranium conversion processes, items of equipment which individually are not especially designed or prepared for uranium conversion can be assembled into systems which are especially designed or prepared for use in uranium conversion.

1. Especially designed or prepared systems for the conversion of uranium ore concentrates to UO₃

Explanatory Note:
Conversion of uranium ore concentrates to UO₃ can be performed by first dissolving the ore in nitric acid and extracting purified uranyl nitrate (UO₂(NO₃)₂) using a solvent such as tributyl phosphate (TBP). Next, the uranyl nitrate is converted to UO₃ either by concentration and denitration or by neutralization with gaseous NH₃ to produce ammonium diuranate with subsequent filtering, drying, and calcining.
2. Especially designed or prepared systems for the conversion of UO₃ to UF₆

Explanatory Note:
Conversion of UO₃ to UF₆ can be performed directly by fluorination. The process requires a source of F₂ or CLF₃ chlorine trifluoride.
3. Especially designed or prepared systems for the conversion of UO₃ to UO₂

Explanatory Note:
Conversion of UO₃ to UO₂ can be performed through reduction of UO₃ with cracked gaseous NH₃or hydrogen.
4. Especially designed or prepared systems for the conversion of UO₂ to UF₄

Explanatory Note:
Conversion of UO₂ to UF₄ can be performed by reacting UO₂ with gaseous HF at 573-773 K (300-500 °C).
5. Especially designed or prepared systems for the conversion of UF₄ to UF₆

Explanatory Note:
Conversion of UF₄ to UF₆ is performed by exothermic reaction with fluorine in a tower reactor. UF₆ is condensed from the hot effluent gases by passing the effluent stream through a cold trap cooled to to 263 K (-10 °C). The process requires a source of gaseous F₂.
6. Especially designed or prepared systems for the conversion of UF₄to uranium metal

Explanatory Note:
Conversion of UF₄ to uranium metal is performed by reduction with magnesium (large batches) or calcium (small batches). The reaction is carried out at temperatures above the melting point of uranium (1,403 K (1,130 °C)).
7. Especially designed or prepared systems for the conversion of UF₆ to UO₂

Explanatory Note:
Conversion of UF₆ to UO₂ can be performed by one of three processes. In the first, UF₆ is reduced and hydrolyzed to UO₂ using hydrogen and steam. In the second, UF₆ is hydrolyzed by solution in water, NH₃ is added to precipitate ammonium diuranate, and the diuranate is reduced to UO₂ with hydrogen at 1,093 K (820 °C). In the third process, gaseous UF₆, CO₂, and NH₃ are combined in water, precipitating ammonium uranyl carbonate. The ammonium uranyl carbonate is combined with steam and hydrogen at 773-873 K (500-600 °C) to yield UO₂. UF₆ to UO₂ conversion is often performed as the first stage of a fuel fabrication plant.
8. Especially designed or prepared systems for the conversion of UF₆ to UF₄

Explanatory Note:
Conversion of UF₆ to UF₄ is performed by reduction with hydrogen.
9. Especially designed or prepared systems for the conversion of UO₂ to UCl₄

Explanatory Note:
Conversion of UO₂ to UCl₄can be performed by one of two processes. In the first, UO₂ is reacted with carbon tetrachloride (CCl₄) at approximately 673 K (400 °C). In the second, UO₂ is reacted at approximately 973 K (700 °C) in the presence of carbon black (CAS 1333-86-4), carbon monoxide, and chlorine to yield UCl₄.

3-2.7.2. Plants for the conversion of plutonium and equipment especially designed or prepared therefor

Introductory Note:

Plutonium conversion plants and systems perform one or more transformations from one plutonium chemical species to another, including: conversion of plutonium nitrate (PuN) to plutonium dioxide (PuO₂), conversion of PuO₂ to plutonium tetrafluoride (PuF ₄ ), and conversion of PuF₄ to plutonium metal. Plutonium conversion plants are usually associated with reprocessing facilities, but may also be associated with plutonium fuel fabrication facilities. Many of the key equipment items for plutonium conversion plants are common to several segments of the chemical process industry. For example, the types of equipment employed in these processes may include: furnaces, rotary kilns, fluidised bed reactors, flame tower reactors, liquid centrifuges, distillation columns and liquid-liquid extraction columns. Hot cells, glove boxes and remote manipulators may also be required. However, few of the items are available off-the-shelf; most would be prepared according to the requirements and specifications of the customer. Particular care in designing for the special radiological, toxicity and criticality hazards associated with plutonium is essential.

In some instances, special design and construction considerations are required to address the corrosive properties of some of the chemicals handled (e.g. HF). Finally, it should be noted that, for all plutonium conversion processes, items of equipment which individually are not especially designed or prepared for plutonium conversion can be assembled into systems which are especially designed or prepared for use in plutonium conversion.

1. Especially designed or prepared systems for the conversion of plutonium nitrate to oxide

Explanatory Note:
The main functions involved in this process are: process feed storage and adjustment, precipitation and solid/liquor separation, calcination, product handling, ventilation, waste management, and process control. The process systems are particularly adapted so as to avoid criticality and radiation effects and to minimize toxicity hazards. In most reprocessing facilities, this process involves the conversion of PuN to PuO₂. Other processes can involve the precipitation of plutonium oxalate or plutonium peroxide.
2. Especially designed or prepared systems for plutonium metal production

Explanatory Note:
This process usually involves the fluorination of PuO₂, normally with highly corrosive HF, to produce plutonium fluoride which is subsequently reduced using high purity calcium metal to produce metallic plutonium and a calcium fluoride slag. The main functions involved in this process are fluorination (e.g. involving equipment fabricated or lined with a precious metal), metal reduction (e.g. employing ceramic crucibles), slag recovery, product handling, ventilation, waste management and process control. The process systems are, particularly adapted so as to avoid criticality and radiation effects and to minimise toxicity hazards. Other, processes include the fluorination of plutonium oxalate or plutonium peroxide followed by a reduction to metal.

3-3. Software

“Software” especially designed or modified for the “development”, “production”, or “use” of items specified in Group 3.

3-4. Technology

“Technology” according to the Nuclear Technology Note for the “development”, “production”, or “use” of items specified in Group 3.

Group 4 – Nuclear-Related Dual-Use List

(All destinations. All destinations applies to all Group 4 Items.)

Note:

Terms in ‘single quotations’ are usually defined within each entry of the list.

Terms in “double quotations” are defined at the end of Group 4.

Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission (CNSC) Note:

The export of nuclear and nuclear-related items is also controlled by the CNSC under the Nuclear Safety and Control Act (NSCA) and Regulations. Therefore, the export of nuclear and nuclear-related items, not listed in Group 4 or which meet the specific Group 4 decontrol notes may still require a license from the CNSC. Information on export licensing requirements under the NSCA may be obtained by contacting the CNSC.

General Technology Note:

The export of “technology” required for the “development”, “production” or “use” of items controlled in Group 4, is controlled according to the provisions of Group 4. This “technology” remains under control even when applicable to non-controlled items.

The approval of items for export also authorizes the export to the same end-user of the minimum “technology” required for the installation, operation, maintenance and repair of the items.

Controls on “technology” transfer, do not apply to information “in the public domain” or to “basic scientific research”.

General Software Note:

The transfer of “software” is controlled according to Group 4. The approval of any Group 4 item for export also authorises the export, or transfer, to the same end user of the minimum “software”, excluding source code, required for the installation, operation, maintenance or repair of the item.

Note:
The General Software Note also authorises export of “software”, excluding source code, intended to only correct defects (bug fixes) in a previously legally exported item, provided that the capability and/or performance of the item are not otherwise enhanced.

Note:
Controls on “software” transfers do not apply to “software” as follows:

1. Generally available to the public by being:
- Sold from stock at retail selling points, without restriction; and
- Designed for installation by the user without further substantial support by the supplier; or
2. “In the public domain”.
Principal Element General Note
The object of these controls should not be defeated by the transfer of any non-controlled item (including plants) containing one or more controlled components when the controlled component or components are the principal element of the item and can feasibly be removed or used for other purposes.
Note:
In judging whether the controlled component or components are to be considered the principal element, governments should weigh the factors of quantity, value, and technological know-how involved and other special circumstances which might establish the controlled component or components as the principal element of the item being procured.

4-1. Industrial Equipment

4-1.A Equipment, Assemblies and Components

1. High-density (lead glass or other) radiation shielding windows, having all of the following characteristics, and specially designed frames therefor:
- A ‘cold area’ greater than 0.09 m²;
- A density greater than 3 g/cm³; and
- A thickness of 100 mm or greater.
Technical Note:
In Item 4-1.A.1.a. the term ‘cold area’ means the viewing area of the window exposed to the lowest level of radiation in the design application.
2. Radiation-hardened TV cameras, or lenses therefor, specially designed or rated as radiation hardened to withstand a total radiation dose greater than 5 x 10⁴Gy (silicon) without operational degradation.
Technical Note:
The term Gy (silicon) refers to the energy in Joules per kilogram absorbed by an unshielded silicon sample when exposed to ionising radiation.
3. 'Robots', 'end-effectors' and control units as follows:
- 'Robots' or 'end-effectors' having either of the following characteristics:
  - 1. Specially designed to comply with national safety standards applicable to handling high explosives (for example, meeting electrical code ratings for high explosives); or
  - 2. Specially designed or rated as radiation hardened to withstand a total radiation dose greater than 5 x 10⁴ Gy (silicon) without operational degradation;
  Technical Note:
  The term Gy (silicon) refers to the energy in Joules per kilogram absorbed by an unshielded silicon sample when exposed to ionising radiation.
- Control units specially designed for any of the 'robots' or 'end-effectors' specified in Item 4-1.A.3.a.
Note:
Item 4-1.A.3. does not control 'robots' specially designed for non-nuclear industrial applications such as automobile paint-spraying booths.

Technical Notes:
- 1. ‘Robots’
  In Item 4-1.A.3. ‘robot’ means a manipulation mechanism, which may be of the continuous path or of the point-to-point variety, may use ‘sensors’, and has all of the following characteristics:
  - is multifunctional;
  - is capable of positioning or orienting material, parts, tools, or special devices through variable movements in three-dimensional space;
  - incorporates three or more closed or open loop servo-devices which may include stepping motors; and
  - has ‘user-accessible programmability’ by means of teach/playback method or by means of an electronic computer which may be a programmable logic controller, i.e., without mechanical intervention.
  N.B.1:
  In the above definition ‘sensors’ means detectors of a physical phenomenon, the output of which (after conversion into a signal that can be interpreted by a control unit) is able to generate “programs” or modify programmed instructions or numerical “program” data. This includes ‘sensors’ with machine vision, infrared imaging, acoustical imaging, tactile feel, inertial position measuring, optical or acoustic ranging or force or torque measuring capabilities.
  N.B.2:
  In the above definition ‘user-accessible programmability’ means the facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace “programs” by means other than:
  - a physical change in wiring or interconnections; or
  - the setting of function controls including entry of parameters.
  N.B.3:
  The above definition does not include the following devices:
  - Manipulation mechanisms which are only manually/teleoperator controllable;
  - Fixed sequence manipulation mechanisms which are automated moving devices operating according to mechanically fixed programmed motions. The “program” is mechanically limited by fixed stops, such as pins or cams. The sequence of motions and the selection of paths or angles are not variable or changeable by mechanical, electronic, or electrical means;
  - Mechanically controlled variable sequence manipulation mechanisms which are automated moving devices operating according to mechanically fixed programmed motions. The “program” is mechanically limited by fixed, but adjustable, stops such as pins or cams. The sequence of motions and the selection of paths or angles are variable within the fixed “program” pattern. Variations or modifications of the “program” pattern (e.g., changes of pins or exchanges of cams) in one or more motion axes are accomplished only through mechanical operations;
  - Non-servo-controlled variable sequence manipulation mechanisms which are automated moving devices, operating according to mechanically fixed programmed motions. The “program” is variable but the sequence proceeds only by the binary signal from mechanically fixed electrical binary devices or adjustable stops;
  - Stacker cranes defined as Cartesian coordinate manipulator systems manufactured as an integral part of a vertical array of storage bins and designed to access the contents of those bins for storage or retrieval.
- 2. ‘End-effectors’
  
  In Item 4-1.A.3. ‘end-effectors’ are grippers, ‘active tooling units’, and any other tooling that is attached to the baseplate on the end of a ‘robot’ manipulator arm.
  
  N.B.:
  In the above definition ‘active tooling units’ is a device for applying motive power, process energy or sensing to the workpiece.
4. Remote manipulators that can be used to provide remote actions in radiochemical separation operations or hot cells, having either of the following characteristics:
- A capability of penetrating 0.6 m or more of hot cell wall (through-the-wall operation); or
- A capability of bridging over the top of a hot cell wall with a thickness of 0.6 m or more (over-the-wall operation).
  
  Technical Note:
  Remote manipulators provide translation of human operator actions to a remote operating arm and terminal fixture. They may be of a master/slave type or operated by joystick or keypad.

4-1.B. Test and Production Equipment

4-1.B.1. Flow-forming machines, spin-forming machines capable of flow-forming functions, and mandrels, as follows:

Machines having both of the following characteristics:
- 1. Three or more rollers (active or guiding); and
- 2. Which, according to the manufacturer’s technical specification, can be equipped with “numerical control” units or a computer control;
Rotor-forming mandrels designed to form cylindrical rotors of inside diameter between 75 and 400 mm.

Note:

Item 4-1.B.1. includes machines which have only a single roller designed to deform metal plus two auxiliary rollers which support the mandrel, but do not participate directly in the deformation process.

4-1.B.2. Machine tools, as follows, and any combination thereof, for removing or cutting metals, ceramics, or composites, which, according to the manufacturer’s technical specifications, can be equipped with electronic devices for simultaneous “contouring control” in two or more axes:

N.B.:

For “numerical control” units controlled by their associated “software”, see Item 4-1.D.3.

Machine tools for turning, that have “positioning accuracies” with all compensations available better (less) than 6 μm acording to ISO 230/2 (1988) along any linear axis (overall positioning) for machines capable of machining diameters greater than 35 mm;

Note:
Item 4-1.B.2.a. does not control bar machines (Swissturn), limited to machining only bar feed thru, if maximum bar diameter is equal to or less than 42 mm and there is no capability of mounting chucks. Machines may have drilling and/or milling capabilities for machining parts with diameters less than 42 mm.
Machine tools for milling, having any of the following characteristics:
- 1. “Positioning accuracies” with all compensations available better (less) than 6 μm according to ISO 230/2 (1988) along any linear axis (overall positioning);
- 2. Two or more contouring rotary axes; or
- 3. Five or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”.
  
  Note:
  Item 4-1.B.2.b. does not control milling machines having both of the following characteristics:
- 1. X-axis travel greater than 2 m; and
- 2. Overall “positioning accuracy” on the x-axis worse (more) than 30 μm according to ISO 230/2 (1988).
Machine tools for grinding, having any of the following characteristics:
- 1. “Positioning accuracies” with all compensations available better (less) than 4 μm according to ISO 230/2 (1988) along any linear axis (overall positioning);
- 2. Two or more contouring rotary axes; or
- 3. Five or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”.
Note:
Item 4-1.B.2.c. does not control grinding machines as follows:
- 1. Cylindrical external, internal, and external-internal grinding machines having all the following characteristics:
  - Limited to a maximum workpiece capacity of 150 mm outside diameter or length; and
  - Axes limited to x, z, and c.
- 2. Jig grinders that do not have a z-axis or a w-axis with an overall “positioning accuracy” less (better) than 4 μm according to ISO 230/2 (1988).
Non-wire type Electrical Discharge Machines (EDM) that have two or more contouring rotary axes and that can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”.

Notes:

1. Stated “positioning accuracy” levels derived under the following procedures from measurements made according to ISO 230/2 (1988) or national equivalents may be used for each machine tool model if provided to, and accepted by, national authorities instead of individual machine tests.

Stated “positioning accuracy” are to be derived as follows:
- Select five machines of a model to be evaluated;
- Measure the linear axis accuracies according to ISO 230/2 (1988);
- Determine the accuracy values (A) for each axis of each machine. The method of calculating the accuracy value is described in the ISO 230/2 (1988) standard;
- Determine the average accuracy value of each axis. This average value becomes the stated “positioning accuracy” of each axis for the model (Âx, Ây...);
- Since Item 4-1.B.2. refers to each linear axis, there will be as many stated “positioning accuracy” values as there are linear axes;
- If any axis of a machine tool not controlled by Items 4-1.B.2.a., 4-1.B.2.b., or 4-1.B.2.c. has a stated “positioning accuracy” of 6 μm or better (less) for grinding machines, and 8 μm or better (less) for milling and turning machines, both according to ISO 230/2 (1988), then the builder should be required to reaffirm the accuracy level once every eighteen months.
2. Item 4-1.B.2. does not control special purpose machine tools limited to the manufacture of any of the following parts;
- Gears
- Crankshafts or cam shafts
- Tools or cutters
- Extruder worms

Technical Notes:

1. Axis nomenclature shall be in accordance with International Standard ISO 841, ‘Numerical Control Machines - Axis and Motion Nomenclature’.
2. Not counted in the total number of contouring axes are secondary parallel contouring axes (e.g., the w-axis on horizontal boring mills or a secondary rotary axis the centerline of which is parallel to the primary rotary axis).
3. Rotary axes do not necessarily have to rotate over 360 degrees. A rotary axis can be driven by a linear device, e.g., a screw or a rack-and-pinion.
4. For the purposes of 4-1.B.2. the number of axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control” is the number of axes along or around which, during processing of the workpiece, simultaneous and interrelated motions are performed between the workpiece and a tool. This does not include any additional axes along or around which other relative motions within the machine are performed, such as:
- Wheel-dressing systems in grinding machines;
- Parallel rotary axes designed for mounting of separate workpieces;
- Co-linear rotary axes designed for manipulating the same workpiece by holding it in a chuck from different ends.
5. A machine tool having at least 2 of the 3 turning, milling, or grinding capabilities (e.g., a turning machine with milling capability) must be evaluated against each applicable entry, 4-1.B.2.a., 4-1.B.2.b. and 4-1.B.2.c.
6. Items 4-1.B.2.b.3. and 4-1.B.2.c.3. include machines based on a parallel linear kinematic design (e.g., hexapods) that have 5 or more axes none of which is a rotary axis.

4-1.B.3. Dimensional inspection machines, instruments, or systems, as follows:

Computer controlled or numerically controlled coordinate measuring machines (CMM) having either of the following characteristics:
- 1. Having only two axes, and having a maximum permissible error of length measurement along any axis (one dimensional), identified as any combination of E_{0X MPE}, E_{0Y MPE} or E_{0Z MPE}, equal to or less (better) than (1.25 + L/1,000) µm (where L is the measured length in mm) at any point within the operating range of the machine (i.e., within the length of the axis), according to ISO 10360-2(2009); or
- 2. Three or more axes and having a three dimensional (volumetric) maximum permissible error of length measurement (E_{0, MPE} equal to or less (better) than (1.7 + L/800) µm (where L is the measured length in mm) at any point within the operating range of the machine (i.e., within the length of the axis), according to ISO 10360 2(2009).
  
  Technical Note:
  The E_{0, MPE} of the most accurate configuration of the CMM specified according to ISO 10360-2(2009) by the manufacturer (e.g. best of the following: probe, stylus length, motion parameters, environment) and with all compensations available shall be compared to the 1.7 +L/800 μm threshold.
Linear displacement measuring instruments, as follows:
- 1. Non-contact type measuring systems with a “resolution” equal to or better (less) than 0.2 μm within a measuring range up to 0.2 mm;
- 2. Linear variable differential transformer (LVDT) systems having both of the following characteristics:
  - - 1. “Linearity” equal to or less (better) than 0.1% measured from 0 to the full operating range, for LVDT’s with an operating range up to 5 mm; or
    - 2. “Linearity” equal to or less (better) than 0.1% measured from 0 to 5 mm for LVDTs with an operating range greater than 5 mm; and
  - Drift equal to or better (less) than 0.1% per day at a standard ambient test room temperature ±1 K (±1 °C);
- 3. Measuring systems having both of the following characteristics:
  - Containing a laser; and
  - Capable of maintaining for at least 12 h, over a temperature range of ±1 K (±1 °C) around a standard temperature and a standard pressure:
    - 1. A “resolution” over their full scale of 0.1 μm or better; and
    - 2. With a “measurement uncertainty” equal to or better (less) than (0.2 + L/2,000) μm (L is the measured length in mm);
    Note:
    Item 4-1.B.3.b.3. does not control measuring interferometer systems, without closed or open loop feedback, containing a laser to measure slide movement errors of machine tools, dimensional inspection machines, or similar equipment.
  Technical Note:
  In item 4-1.B.3.b. ‘linear displacement’ means the change of distance between the measuring probe and the measured object.
Angular displacement measuring instruments having an “angular position deviation” equal to or better (less) than 0.00025°;

Note:
Item 4-1.B.3.c. does not control optical instruments, such as autocollimators, using collimated light (e.g., laser light) to detect angular displacement of a mirror.
Systems for simultaneous linear-angular inspection of hemishells, having both of the following characteristics:
- 1. “Measurement uncertainty” along any linear axis equal to or better (less) than 3.5 μm per 5 mm; and
- 2. “Angular position deviation” equal to or less than 0.02°.
Notes:
- 1. Item 4-1.B.3. includes machine tools other than those specified by 4-1.B.2. that can be used as measuring machines if they meet or exceed the criteria specified for the measuring machine function.
- 2. Machines described in Item 4-1.B.3. are controlled if they exceed the threshold specified anywhere within their operating range.
Technical Note:
All parameters of measurement values in this item represent plus/minus, i.e., not total band.

4-1.B.4. Controlled atmosphere (vacuum or inert gas) induction furnaces and power supplies therefor, as follows:

Furnaces having all of the following characteristics:
- 1. Capable of operation at temperatures above 1,123 K (850° C)
- 2. Induction coils 600 mm or less in diameter; and
- 3. Designed for power inputs of 5 kW or more;
Note:
Item 4-1.B.4.a. does not control furnaces designed for the processing of semiconductor wafers.
Power supplies, with a specified output power of 5 kW or more, specially designed for furnaces specified in Item 4-1.B.4.a.

4-1.B.5. ‘Isostatic presses’, and related equipment, as follows:

‘Isostatic presses’ having both of the following characteristics:
- 1. Capable of achieving a maximum working pressure of 69 MPa or greater; and
- 2. A chamber cavity with an inside diameter in excess of 152 mm;
Dies, molds, and controls specially designed for the ‘isostatic presses’ specified in Item 4-1.B.5.a.

Technical Notes:

1. In Item 4-1.B.5. ‘Isostatic presses’ means equipment capable of pressurising a closed cavity through various media (gas, liquid, solid particles, etc.) to create equal pressure in all directions within the cavity upon a workpiece or material.
2. In Item 4-1.B.5. the inside chamber dimension is that of the chamber in which both the working temperature and the working pressure are achieved and does not include fixtures. That dimension will be the smaller of either the inside diameter of the pressure chamber or the inside diameter of the insulated furnace chamber, depending on which of the two chambers is located inside the other.

4-1.B.6. Vibration test systems, equipment, and components as follows:

Electrodynamic vibration test systems, having all of the following characteristics:
- 1. Employing feedback or closed loop control techniques and incorporating a digital control unit;
- 2. Capable of vibrating at 10 g₀ root mean square (RMS) or more between 20 and 2000 Hz; and
- 3. Capable of imparting forces of 50 kN or greater measured ‘baretable’;
Digital control units, combined with “software” specially designed for vibration testing, with a real-time bandwidth greater than 5 kHz and being designed for a system specified in Item 4-1.B.6.a.;
Vibration thrusters (shaker units), with or without associated amplifiers, capable of imparting a force of 50 kN or greater measured ‘baretable’, which are usable for the systems specified in Item 4-1.B.6.a.;
Test piece support structures and electronic units designed to combine multiple shaker units into a complete shaker system capable of providing an effective combined force of 50 kN or greater, measured ‘baretable’, which are usable for the systems specified in Item 4-1.B.6.a.

Technical Note:

In Item 4-1.B.6. ‘baretable’ means a flat table, or surface, with no fixtures or fittings.

4-1.B.7. Vacuum or other controlled atmosphere metallurgical melting and casting furnaces and related equipment, as follows:

Arc remelt furnaces, arc melt furnaces and arc melt and casting furnaces having both of the following characteristics:
- 1. Consumable electrode capacities between 1,000 and 20,000 cm³; and
- 2. Capable of operating with melting temperatures above 1,973 K (1,700 °C);
Electron beam melting furnaces, plasma atomization furnaces and plasma melting furnaces, having both of the following characteristics:
- 1. A power of 50 kW or greater; and
- 2. Capable of operating with melting temperatures above 1,473 K (1,200 °C);
Computer control and monitoring systems specially configured for any of the furnaces specified in Item 4-1.B.7.a. or 4-1.B.7.b.
Plasma torches specially designed for the furnaces specified in 4-1.B.7.b. having both of the following characteristics:
- 1. Operating at a power greater than 50 kW; and
- 2. Capable of operating above 1,473 K (1,200 °C);
Electron beam guns specially designed for the furnaces specified in 4-1.B.7.b. operating at a power greater than 50 kW.

4-1.C. Materials

None

4-1.D. Software

1. “Software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of equipment specified in Item 4-1.A.3., 4-1.B.1., 4-1.B.3., 4-1.B.5., 4-1.B.6.a., 4-1.B.6.b., 4-1.B.6.d., or 4-1.B.7.
Note:
“Software” specially designed or modified for systems specified in Item 4-1.B.3.d. includes “software” for simultaneous measurements of wall thickness and contour.
2. “Software” specially designed or modified for the “development”, “production”, or “use” of equipment specified in Item 4-1.B.2.

Note:
Item 4-1.D.2 does not control part programming “software” that generates “numerical control” command codes but does not allow direct use of equipment for machining various parts.
3. “Software” for any combination of electronic devices or system enabling such device or such devices to function as a “numerical control” unit for machine tools, that is capable of controlling five or more interpolating axes that can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”.
Notes:
- 1. “Software” is controlled whether exported separately or residing in a “numerical control” unit or any electronic device or system.
- 2. Item 4-1.D.3. does not control “software” specially designed or modified by the manufacturers of the control unit or machine tool to operate a machine tool that is not specified in Item 4-1.B.2.

4-1.E. Technology

1. “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment, material or “software” specified in 4-1.A. through 4-1.D.

4-2. Materials

4-2.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

1. Crucibles made of materials resistant to liquid actinide metals, as follows:
- Crucibles having both of the following characteristics:
  - 1. A volume of between 150 cm³ (150 ml) and 8,000 cm³ (8 l); and
  - 2. Made of or coated with any of the following materials, or combination of the following materials, having an overall impurity level of 2% or less by weight:
    - Calcium fluoride (CaF₂);
    - Calcium zirconate (metazirconate) (CaZrO₃);
    - Cerium sulphide (Ce₂S₃);
    - Erbium oxide (erbia) (Er₂O₃);
    - Hafnium oxide (hafnia) (HfO₂);
    - Magnesium oxide (MgO);
    - Nitrided niobium-titanium-tungsten alloy (approximately 50% Nb, 30% Ti, 20% W);
    - Yttrium oxide (yttria) (Y₂O₃); or
    - Zirconium oxide (zirconia) (ZrO₂);
- Crucibles having both of the following characteristics:
  - 1. A volume of between 50 cm³ (50 ml) and 2,000 cm³ (21); and
  - 2. Made of or lined with tantalum, having a purity of 99.9% or greater by weight;
- Crucibles having all of the following characteristics:
  - 1. A volume of between 50 cm³ (50 ml) and 2,000 cm³ (21);
  - 2. Made of or lined with tantalum, having a purity of 98% or greater by weight; and
  - 3. Coated with tantalum carbide, nitride, boride, or any combination thereof.
2. Platinised catalysts specially designed or prepared for promoting the hydrogen isotope exchange reaction between hydrogen and water for the recovery of tritium from heavy water or for the production of heavy water.
3. Composite structures in the form of tubes having both of the following characteristics:
- An inside diameter of between 75 and 400 mm; and
- Made with any of the “fibrous or filamentary materials” specified in Item 4-2.C.7.a. or carbon prepreg materials specified in Item 4-2.C.7.c.
4. Target assemblies and components for the production of tritium as follows:
- Target assemblies made of or containing lithium enriched in the lithium-6 isotope specially designed for the production of tritium through irradiation, including insertion in a nuclear reactor;
- Components specially designed for the target assemblies specified in Item 4-2.A.4.a.
  Technical Note:
  Components specially designed for target assemblies for the production of tritium may include lithium pellets, tritium getters, and specially-coated cladding.

4-2.B. Test and Production Equipment

1. Tritium facilities or plants, and equipment therefor, as follows:
- Facilities or plants for the production, recovery, extraction, concentration or handling of tritium;
- Equipment for tritium facilities or plants as follows:
  - 1. Hydrogen or helium refrigeration units capable of cooling to 23 K (-250° C) or less, with heat removal capacity greater than 150 W;
  - 2. Hydrogen isotope storage or hydrogen isotope purification systems using metal hydrides as the storage or purification medium.
2. Lithium isotope separation facilities or plants and systems and equipment therefor, as follows:

N.B.:
Certain lithium isotope separation equipment and components for the plasma separation process (PSP) are also directly applicable to uranium isotope separation and are controlled under Group 3.
- Facilities or plants for the separation of lithium isotopes;
- Equipment for the separation of lithium isotopes based on the lithium-mercury amalgam process, as follows:
  - 1. Packed liquid-liquid exchange columns specially designed for lithium amalgams;
  - 2. Mercury or lithium amalgam pumps;
  - 3. Lithium amalgam electrolysis cells;
  - 4. Evaporators for concentrated lithium hydroxide solution.
- Ion exchange systems specially designed for lithium isotope separation and specially designed component parts therefor;
- Chemical exchange systems (employing crown ethers, cryptands, or lariat ethers) specially designed for lithium isotope separation, and specially designed component parts therefor.

4-2.C. Materials

4-2.C.1. Aluminum alloys having both of the following characteristics:

‘Capable of’ an ultimate tensile strength of 460 MPa or more at 293 K (20 °C); and
In the form of tubes or cylindrical solid forms (including forgings) with an outside diameter of more than 75 mm.

Technical Note:

In Item 4-2.C.1. the phrase ‘capable of’ encompasses aluminium alloys before or after heat treatment.

4-2.C.2. Beryllium metal, alloys containing more than 50% beryllium by weight, beryllium compounds, manufactures thereof, and waste or scrap of any of the foregoing.

Note:

Item 4-2.C.2. does not control the following:

Metal windows for X-ray machines or for bore-hole logging devices;
Oxide shapes in fabricated or semi-fabricated forms specially designed for electronic component parts or as substrates for electronic circuits;
Beryl (silicate of beryllium and aluminium) in the form of emeralds or aquamarines.

4-2.C.3. Bismuth having both of the following characteristics:

A purity of 99.99% or greater by weight; and
Containing less than 10 ppm (parts per million) by weight of silver.

4-2.C.4. Boron enriched in the boron-10 (¹⁰B) isotope to greater than its natural isotopic abundance, as follows: elemental boron, compounds, mixtures containing boron, manufactures thereof, waste or scrap of any of the foregoing.

Note:

In Item 4-2.C.4. mixtures containing boron include boron loaded materials.

Technical Note:

The natural isotopic abundance of boron-10 is approximately 18.5 weight percent (20 atom percent).

4-2.C.5. Calcium having both of the following characteristics:

Containing less than 1,000 ppm by weight of metallic impurities other than magnesium; and
Containing less than 10 ppm by weight of boron.

4-2.C.6. Chlorine trifluoride (ClF₃).

4-2.C.7. “Fibrous or filamentary materials”, and prepregs, as follows:

Carbon or aramid “fibrous or filamentary materials” having either of the following characteristics:
- 1. A ‘specific modulus’ of 12.7 x 10⁶m or greater; or
- 2. A ‘specific tensile strength’ of 23.5 x 10⁴m or greater;
Note:
Item 4-2.C.7.a. does not control aramid “fibrous or filamentary materials” having 0.25% or more by weight of an ester based fibre surface modifier.
Glass “fibrous or filamentary materials” having both of the following characteristics:
- 1. A ‘specific modulus’ of 3.18 x 10⁶m or greater; and
- 2. A ‘specific tensile strength’ of 7.62 x 10⁴m or greater;
Thermoset resin impregnated continuous “yarns”, “rovings”, “tows” or “tapes” with a width of 15 mm or less (prepregs), made from carbon or glass “fibrous or filamentary materials” specified in Item 4-2.C.7.a. or Item 4-2.C.7.b.
Technical Note:
The resin forms the matrix of the composite.

Technical Notes:

1. In Item 4-2.C.7. ‘Specific modulus’ is the Young’s modulus in N/m² divided by the specific weight in N/m³ when measured at a temperature of 296 ± 2 K (23 ± 2° C) and a relative humidity of 50 ± 5%.
2. In Item 4-2.C.7. ‘Specific tensile strength’ is the ultimate tensile strength in N/m² divided by the specific weight in N/m³ when measured at a temperature of 296 ± 2 K (23 ± 2° C) and a relative humidity of 50 ± 5%.

4-2.C.8. Hafnium metal, alloys containing more than 60% hafnium by weight, hafnium compounds containing more than 60% hafnium by weight, manufactures thereof, and waste or scrap of any of the foregoing.

4-2.C.9. Lithium enriched in the lithium-6 (⁶Li) isotope to greater than its natural isotopic abundance, and products or devices containing enriched lithium, as follows: elemental lithium, alloys, compounds, mixtures containing lithium, manufactures thereof, waste or scrap of any of the foregoing.

Note:

Item 4-2.C.9. does not control thermoluminescent dosimeters.

Technical Note:

The natural isotopic abundance of lithium-6 is approximately 6.5 weight percent (7.5 atom percent).

4-2.C.10. Magnesium having both of the following characteristics:

Containing less than 200 ppm by weight of metallic impurities other than calcium; and
Containing less than 10 ppm by weight of boron.

4-2.C.11. Maraging steel ‘capable of’ an ultimate tensile strength of 1,950 MPa or more at 293 K (20 °C).

Note:

Item 4-2.C.11. does not control forms in which all linear dimensions are 75mm or less.

Technical Note:

In Item 4-2.C.11. the phrase ‘capable of’ encompasses maraging steel before or after heat treatment.

4-2.C.12. Radium-226 (²²⁶Ra), radium-226 alloys, radium-226 compounds, mixtures containing radium-226, manufactures thereof, and products or devices containing any of the foregoing.

Note:

Item 4-2.C.12. does not control the following:

Medical applicators;
A product or device containing less than 0.37 GBq of radium-226.

4-2.C.13. Titanium alloys having both of the following characteristics:

‘Capable of’ an ultimate tensile strength of 900 MPa or more at 293 K (20 °C); and
In the form of tubes or cylindrical solid forms (including forgings) with an outside diameter of more than 75 mm.

Technical Note:

In Item 4-2.C.13 the phrase ‘capable of’ encompasses titanium alloys before or after heat treatment.

4-2.C.14. Tungsten, tungsten carbide, and alloys containing more than 90% tungsten by weight, having both of the following characteristics:

In forms with a hollow cylindrical symmetry (including cylinder segments) with an inside diameter between 100 and 300 mm; and
A mass greater than 20 kg.

Note:

Item 4-2.C.14. does not control manufactures specially designed as weights or gamma-ray collimators.

4-2.C.15. Zirconium with a hafnium content of less than 1 part hafnium to 500 parts zirconium by weight, as follows: metal, alloys containing more than 50% zirconium by weight, compounds, manufactures thereof, waste or scrap of any of the foregoing.

Note:

Item 4-2.C.15. does not control zirconium in the form of foil having a thickness of 0.10 mm or less.

4-2.C.16. Nickel powder and porous nickel metal, as follows:

N.B.:

For nickel powders which are especially prepared for the manufacture of gaseous diffusion barriers see Group 3, Item 3-2.5.3.

Nickel powder having both of the following characteristics:
- 1. A nickel purity content of 99.0% or greater by weight; and
- 2.A mean particle size of less than 10 µm measured by the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) B330 standard;
Porous nickel metal produced from materials specified in Item 4-2.C.16.a.
Technical Note:
Item 4-2.C.16.b. refers to porous metal formed by compacting and sintering the material in Item 4-2.C.16.a. to form a metal material with fine pores interconnected throughout the structure.

Note:

Item 4-2.C.16. does not control the following:

Filamentary nickel powders;
Single porous nickel metal sheets with an area of 1,000 cm² per sheet or less.

4-2.C.17. Tritium, tritium compounds, mixtures containing tritium in which the ratio of tritium to hydrogen atoms exceeds 1 part in 1,000, and products or devices containing any of the foregoing.

Note:

Item 4-2.C.17. does not control a product or device containing less than 1.48 x 10³ GBq of tritium.

4-2.C.18. Helium-3 (³He), mixtures containing helium-3, and products or devices containing any of the foregoing.

Note:

Item 4-2.C.18. does not control a product or device containing less than 1 g of helium-3.

4-2.C.19. Radionuclides appropriate for making neutron sources based on alpha-n reaction:

Actinium-225(²²⁵Ac), Curium-244(²⁴⁴Cm), Polonium-209(²⁰⁹Po), Actinium-227⁽²²⁷Ac), Einsteinium-253(²⁵³Es), Polonium-210(²¹⁰Po), Californium-253(²⁵³Cf), Einsteinium-254(²⁵⁴Es), Radium-223(²²³Ra), Curium-240( ²⁴⁰ Cm), Gadolinium-148(¹⁴⁸Gd), Thorium-227⁽²²⁷Th), Curium-241⁽²⁴¹Cm), Plutonium-236(²³⁶Pu), Thorium-228(²²⁸Th), Curium-242(²⁴²Cm), Plutonium-238(²³⁸Pu), Uranium-230⁽²³⁰U), Curium-243⁽²⁴³Cm), Polonium-208(²⁰⁸Pu), Uranium-232(²³²U).

In the following forms:

Elemental;
Compounds having a total activity of 37 GBq per kg or greater;
Mixtures having a total activity of 37 GBq per kg or greater;
Products or devices containing any of the foregoing.

Note:

Item 4-2.C.19. does not control a product or device containing less than 3.7 GBq of activity.

4-2.C.20 Rhenium and alloys containing 90% by weight or more rhenium, and alloys of rhenium and tungsten containing 90% by weight or more of any combination of rhenium and tungsten, having both of the following characteristics:

In forms with a hollow cylindrical symmetry (including cylinder segments) with an inside diameter between 100 and 300 mm; and
A mass greater than 20 Kg.

4-2.D. Software

None

4-2.E. Technology

1. “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment, material or “software” specified in 4-2.A. through 4-2.D.

4-3. Uranium Isotope Separation Equipment and Components (other than Listed in Group 3)

4-3.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

4-3.A.1. Frequency changers or generators, usable as a variable frequency or fixed frequency motor drive, having all of the following characteristics:

N.B.:

1. Frequency changers and generators especially designed or prepared for the gas centrifuge process are controlled under Group 3, Item 3-2.5.1.
2. “Software” specially designed to enhance or release the performance of frequency changers or generators to meet the characteristics below is controlled in 4-3.D.2. and 4-3.D.3.

Multiphase output providing a power of 40 VA or greater;
Operating at a frequency of 600 Hz or more; and
Frequency control better (less) than 0.2%.

Notes:

1. Item 4-3.A.1 only controls frequency changers intended for specific industrial machinery and/or consumer goods (machine tools, vehicles, etc.) if the frequency changers can meet the characteristics above when removed, and subject to the Principal Element General Note.
2. For the purpose of export control, ��Ƶ will determine whether or not a particular frequency changer meets the characteristics above, taking into account hardware and software constraints.

Technical Note:

1. Frequency changers in Item 4-3.A.1. are also known as converters or inverters.
2. The characteristics specified in item 4-3.A.1. may be met by certain equipment marketed such as: Generators, Electronic Test Equipment, AC Power Supplies, Variable Speed Motor Drives, Variable speed Drives (VSD’s), Variable Frequency Drives (VFD’s), Adjustable Frequency Drives (AFD’s), or Adjustable Speed Drives (ASD’s).

4-3.A.2. Lasers, laser amplifiers and oscillators as follows:

Copper vapour lasers having both of the following characteristics:
- 1. Operating at wavelengths between 500 and 600 nm; and
- 2. An average output power equal to or greater than 30 W;
Argon ion lasers having both of the following characteristics:
- 1. Operating at wavelengths between 400 and 515 nm; and
- 2. An average output power greater than 40 W;
Neodymium-doped (other than glass) lasers with an output wavelength between 1,000 and 1,100 nm having either of the following:
- 1. Pulse-excited and Q-switched with a pulse duration equal to or greater than 1 ns, and having either of the following:
  - A single-transverse mode output with an average output power greater than 40 W; or
  - A multiple-transverse mode output with an average output power greater than 50 W; or
- 2. Incorporating frequency doubling to give an output wavelength between 500 and 550 nm with an average output power of greater than 40 W;
Tunable pulsed single-mode dye laser oscillators having all of the following characteristics:
- 1. Operating at wavelengths between 300 and 800 nm;
- 2. An average output power greater than 1 W;
- 3. A repetition rate greater than 1 kHz; and
- 4. Pulse width less than 100 ns;
Tunable pulsed dye laser amplifiers and oscillators having all of the following characteristics:
- 1. Operating at wavelengths between 300 and 800 nm;
- 2. An average output power greater than 30 W;
- 3. A repetition rate greater than 1 kHz; and
- 4. Pulse width less than 100 ns;
Note:
Item 4-3.A.2.e. does not control single mode oscillators.
Alexandrite lasers having all of the following characteristics:
- 1. Operating at wavelengths between 720 and 800 nm;
- 2. A bandwidth of 0.005 nm or less;
- 3. A repetition rate greater than 125 Hz; and
- 4. An average output power greater than 30 W;
Pulsed carbon dioxide(CO₂) lasers having all of the following characteristics:
- 1. Operating at wavelengths between 9,000 and 11,000 nm;
- 2. A repetition rate greater than 250 Hz;
- 3. An average output power greater than 500 W; and
- 4. Pulse width of less than 200 ns;
Note:
Item 4-3.A.2.g. does not control the higher power (typically 1 to 5 kW) industrial CO₂ lasers used in applications such as cutting and welding, as these latter lasers are either continuous wave or are pulsed with a pulse width greater than 200 ns.
Pulsed excimer lasers (XeF, XeCl, KrF) having all of the following characteristics:
- 1. Operating at wavelengths between 240 and 360 nm;
- 2. A repetition rate greater than 250 Hz; and
- 3. An average output power greater than 500 W;
Para-hydrogen Raman shifters, designed to operate at 16 μm output wavelength and at a repetition rate greater than 250 Hz.
Pulsed carbon monoxide(CO) lasers having all of the following characteristics:
- 1. Operating at wavelengths between 5,000 and 6,000 nm;
- 2. A repetition rate greater than 250 Hz;
- 3. An average output power greater than 200 W; and
- 4. Pulse width of less than 200 ns.
Note:
Item 4-3.A.2.j. does not control the higher power (typically 1 to 5 kW) industrial CO lasers used in applications such as cutting and welding, as these latter lasers are either continuous wave or are pulsed with a pulse width greater than 200 ns.

4-3.A.3. Valves having all of the following characteristics:

A nominal size of 5 mm or greater;
Having a bellows seal; and
Wholly made of or lined with aluminium, aluminium alloy, nickel, or nickel alloy containing more than 60% nickel by weight.

Technical Note:

For valves with different inlet and outlet diameter, the nominal size parameter in Item 4-3.A.3.a. refers to the smallest diameter.

4-3.A.4. Superconducting solenoidal electromagnets having all of the following characteristics:

Capable of creating magnetic fields greater than 2 T;
A ratio of length to inner diameter greater than 2;
Inner diameter greater than 300 mm; and
Magnetic field uniform to better than 1% over the central 50% of the inner volume.

Note:

Item 4-3.A.4 does not control magnets specially designed for and exported ‘as part of’ medical nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) imaging systems.

N.B.:

‘As part of’, does not necessarily mean physical part in the same shipment. Separate shipments from different sources are allowed, provided the related export documents clearly specify the ‘as part of’ relationship.

4-3.A.5. High-power direct current power supplies having both of the following characteristics:

Capable of continuously producing, over a time period of 8 h, 100 V or greater with current output of 500 A or greater; and
Current or voltage stability better than 0.1% over a time period of 8 h.

4-3.A.6. High-voltage direct current power supplies having both of the following characteristics:

Capable of continuously producing, over a time period of 8 h, 20 kV or greater with current output of 1 A or greater; and
Current or voltage stability better than 0.1% over a time period of 8 h.

4-3.A.7. All types of pressure transducers capable of measuring absolute pressures and having all of the following characteristics:

Pressure sensing elements made of or protected by aluminium, aluminium alloy, aluminum oxide (alumina or sapphire), nickel, nickel alloy with more than 60% nickel by weight, or fully fluorinated hydrocarbon polymers;
Seals, if any, essential for sealing the pressure sensing element, and in direct contact with the process medium, made of or protected by aluminium, aluminium alloy, aluminium oxide (alumina or sapphire), nickel, nickel alloys with more than 60% nickel by weight, or fully fluorinated hydrocarbon polymers; and
Having either of the following characteristics:
- 1. A full scale of less than 13 kPa and an “accuracy” of better than 1% of full scale; or
- 2. A full scale of 13 kPa or greater and an “accuracy” of better than 130 Pa , when measuring at 13 kPa.

Technical Notes:

1. In Item 4-3.A.7. pressure transducers are devices that convert pressure measurements into a signal.
2. In Item 4-3.A.7. “accuracy” includes non-linearity, hysteresis and repeatability at ambient temperature.

4-3.A.8. Vacuum pumps having all of the following characteristics:

Input throat size equal to or greater than 380 mm;
Pumping speed equal to or greater than 15 m³/s; and
Capable of producing an ultimate vacuum better than 13.3 mPa.
Technical Notes
- 1. The pumping speed is determined at the measurement point with nitrogen gas or air.
- 2. The ultimate vacuum is determined at the input of the pump with the input of the pump blocked off.

4-3.A.9. Bellows-sealed scroll-type compressors and bellows-sealed scroll-type vacuum pumps having all of the following characteristics:

Capable of an inlet volume flow rate of 50 m³/h or greater;
Capable of a pressure ratio of 2:1 or greater; and
Having all surfaces that come in contact with the process gas made from any of the following materials:
- 1. Aluminium or aluminium alloy;
- 2. Aluminium oxide;
- 3. Stainless steel;
- 4. Nickel or nickel alloy;
- 5. Phosphor bronze; or
- 6. Fluoropolymers.
Technical Notes:
- 1. In a scroll compressor or vacuum pump, crescent-shaped pockets of gas are trapped between one or more pairs of intermeshed spiral vanes, or scrolls, one of which moves while the other remains stationary. The moving scroll orbits the stationary scroll, it does not rotate. As the moving scroll orbits the stationary scroll, the gas pockets diminish in size (i.e. they are compressed) as they move toward the outlet port of the machine.
- 2. In a bellows-sealed scroll compressor or vacuum pump, the process gas is totally isolated from the lubricated parts of the pump and from the external atmosphere by a metal bellows. One end of the bellows is attached to the moving scroll and the other end is attached to the stationary housing of the pump.
- 3. Flouropolymers include, but are not limited to, the following materials:
  - polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE);
  - Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene (FEP);
  - Perfluoroalkoxy (PFA);
  - Polychlorotrifluoroethylene (PCTFE); and
  - Vinylidene fluoridehexafluoropropylene copolymer.

4-3.B. Test and Production Equipment

1. Electrolytic cells for fluorine production with an output capacity greater than 250 g of fluorine per hour.
2. Rotor fabrication or assembly equipment, rotor straightening equipment, bellows-forming mandrels and dies, as follows:
- Rotor assembly equipment for assembly of gas centrifuge rotor tube sections, baffles, and end caps;
  Note:
  Item 4-3.B.2.a. includes precision mandrels, clamps, and shrink fit machines.
- Rotor straightening equipment for alignment of gas centrifuge rotor tube sections to a common axis;
  Technical Note:
  In Item 4-3.B.2.b. such equipment normally consists of precision measuring probes linked to a computer that subsequently controls the action of, for example, pneumatic rams used for aligning the rotor tube sections.
- Bellows-forming mandrels and dies for producing single-convolution bellows.
  Technical Note:
  The bellows referred to in Item 4-3.B.2.c. have all of the following characteristics:
  - 1. Inside diameter between 75 and 400 mm;
  - 2. Length equal to or greater than 12.7 mm;
  - 3. Single convolution depth greater than 2 mm; and
  - 4. Made of high-strength aluminium alloys, maraging steel, or high strength “fibrous or filamentary materials”.
3. Centrifugal multiplane balancing machines, fixed or portable, horizontal or vertical, as follows:
- Centrifugal balancing machines designed for balancing flexible rotors having a length of 600 mm or more and having all of the following characteristics:
  - 1. Swing or journal diameter greater than 75 mm;
  - 2. Mass capability of from 0.9 to 23 kg; and
  - 3. Capable of balancing speed of revolution greater than 5,000 rpm;
- Centrifugal balancing machines designed for balancing hollow cylindrical rotor components and having all of the following characteristics:
  - 1. Journal diameter greater than 75 mm;
  - 2. Mass capability of from 0.9 to 23 kg;
  - 3. A minimum achievable residual specific unbalance equal to or less than 10 g-mm/kg per plane; and
  - 4. Belt drive type.
4. Filament winding machines and related equipment, as follows:
- Filament winding machines having all of the following characteristics:
  - 1. Having motions for positioning, wrapping, and winding fibrers coordinated and programmed in two or more axes;
  - 2. Specially designed to fabricate composite structures or laminates from “fibrous or filamentary materials”; and
  - 3. Capable of winding cylindrical tubes with an internal diameter between 75 and 650 mm and lengths of 300 mm or greater;
- Coordinating and programming controls for the filament winding machines specified in Item 4-3.B.4.a.;
- Precision mandrels for the filament winding machines specified in Item 4-3.B.4.a.
5. Electromagnetic isotope separators designed for, or equipped with, single or multiple ion sources capable of providing a total ion beam current of 50 mA or greater.
Notes:
- 1. Item 4-3.B.5. includes separators capable of enriching stable isotopes as well as those for uranium.
  N.B:
  A separator capable of separating the isotopes of lead with a one-mass unit difference is inherently capable of enriching the isotopes of uranium with a three-unit mass difference.
- 2. Item 4-3.B.5. includes separators with the ion sources and collectors both in the magnetic field and those configurations in which they are external to the field.
Technical Note:
A single 50 mA ion source cannot produce more than 3 g of separated highly enriched uranium (HEU) per year from natural abundance feed.
6. Mass spectrometers capable of measuring ions of 230 u or greater and having a resolution of better than 2 parts in 230, as follows, and ion sources therefor:
N.B.:
Mass spectrometers especially designed or prepared for analysing on-line samples of uranium hexafluoride (UF₆) are controlled, see Group 3.
- Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometers (ICP/MS);
- Glow discharge mass spectrometers (GDMS);
- Thermal ionisation mass spectrometers (TIMS);
- Electron bombardment mass spectrometers having both of the following features:
  - 1. A molecular beam inlet system that injects a collimated beam of analyte molecules into a region of the ion source where the molecules are ionised by an electron beam; and
  - 2. One or more cold traps that can be cooled to a temperature of 193 K (-80° C) or less in order to trap analyte molecules that are not ionised by the electron beam;
- Mass spectrometers equipped with a microfluorination ion source designed for actinides or actinide fluorides.
  
  Technical Notes:
  - 1. Item 4-3.B.6.d. describes mass spectrometers that are typically used for isotopic analysis of UF₆ gas samples.
  - 2. Electron bombardment mass spectrometers in item 4-3.B.6.d. are also known as electron impact mass spectrometers or electron ionisation mass spectrometers.
  - 3. In item 4-3.B.6.d.2. a “cold trap” is a device that traps gas molecules by condensing or freezing them on cold surfaces. For the purposes of this entry, a closed-loop gaseous helium cryogenic vacuum pump is not a cold trap.

4-3.C. Materials

None

4-3.D. Software

1. “Software” specially designed for the “use” of equipment specified in Items 4-3. A.1., 4-3.B.3. or 4-3.B.4.
2. “Software” or encryption keys/codes specially designed to enhance or release the performance characteristics of equipment not controlled in Item 4-3.A.1. so that it meets or exceeds the characteristics specified in Item 4-3.A.1.
3. “Software” specially designed to enhance or release the performance characteristics of equipment controlled in Item 4-3.A.1.

4-3.E. Technology

1. “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment, material or “software” specified in 4-3.A. through 4-3.D.

4-4. Heavy Water Production Plant Related Equipment (other than Listed in Group 3)

4-4.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

1. Specialised packings which may be used in separating heavy water from ordinary water, having both of the following characteristics:
- Made of phosphor bronze mesh chemically treated to improve wettability; and
- Designed to be used in vacuum distillation towers.
2. Pumps capable of circulating solutions of concentrated or dilute potassium amide catalyst in liquid ammonia (KNH₂/NH₃), having all of the following characteristics:
- Airtight (i.e., hermetically sealed);
- A capacity greater than 8.5 m³/h; and
- Either of the following characteristics:
  - 1. For concentrated potassium amide solutions (1% or greater), an operating pressure of 1.5 to 60 MPa; or
  - 2. For dilute potassium amide solutions (less than 1%), an operating pressure of 20 to 60 MPa.
3. Turboexpanders or turboexpander-compressor sets having both of the following characteristics:
- Designed for operation with an outlet temperature of 35 K (-238° C) or less; and
- Designed for a throughput of hydrogen gas of 1,000 kg/h or greater.

4-4.B. Test and Production Equipment

1. Not used since 2017
2. Hydrogen-cryogenic distillation columns having all of the following characteristics:
- Designed for operation at internal temperatures of 35 K (-238 °C) or less;
- Designed for operation at internal pressures of 0.5 to 5 MPa;
- Constructed of either:
  - 1. Stainless steel of the Society of Automotive Engineers International (SAE) 300 series with low sulphur content and with an austenitic ASTM (or equivalent standard) grain size number of 5 or greater; or
  - 2. Equivalent materials which are both cryogenic and hydrogen (H2 ) compatible; and
- With internal diameters of 30 cm or greater and ‘effective lengths’ of 4 m or greater.
  
  Technical Note:
  The term ‘effective length’ means the active height of packing material in a packed-type column, or the active height of internal contractor plates in a plate-type column.
3. Not used since 2013

4-4.C. Materials

None

4-4.D. Software

None

4-4.E. Technology

1. “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment, material or “software” specified in 4-4.A. through 4-4.D.

4-5. Test and Measurement Equipment for the Development of Nuclear Explosive Devices

4-5.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

1. Photomultiplier tubes having both of the following characteristics:
- Photocathode area of greater than 20 cm²; and
- Anode pulse rise time of less than 1 ns.

4-5.B. Test and Production Equipment

1. Flash X-ray generators or pulsed electron accelerators having either of the following sets of characteristics:
- - 1. An accelerator peak electron energy of 500 keV or greater but less than 25 MeV; and
  - 2. With a figure of merit (K) of 0.25 or greater; or
- - 1. An accelerator peak electron energy of 25 MeV or greater, and
  - 2. A peak power greater than 50 MW.
Note:
Item 4-5.B.1. does not control accelerators that are component parts of devices designed for purposes other than electron beam or X-ray radiation (electron microscopy, for example) nor those designed for medical purposes.
Technical Notes:
- 1. The figure of merit K is defined as: K=1.7 x 10³ V^2.65Q. V is the peak electron energy in million electron volts. If the accelerator beam pulse duration is less than or equal to 1 µs, then Q is the total accelerated charge in Coulombs. If the accelerator beam pulse duration is greater than 1 µs then Q is the maximum accelerated charge in 1 µs. Q equals the integral of i with respect to t, over the lesser of 1 µs or the time duration of the beam pulse (Q=∫idt) where i is beam current in amperes and t is the time in seconds.
- 2. Peak power = (peak potential in volts) x (peak beam current in amperes).
- 3. In machines based on microwave accelerating cavities, the time duration of the beam pulse is the lesser of 1 μs or the duration of the bunched beam packet resulting from one microwave modulator pulse.
- 4. In machines based on microwave accelerating cavities, the peak beam current is the average current in the time duration of a bunched beam packet.
2. High-velocity gun systems (propellant gas, coil, electromagnetic, and electrothermal types, and other advanced systems) capable of accelerating projectiles to 1.5 km/s or greater.

Note:
This item does not control guns specially designed for high-velocity weapon systems.
3. High-speed cameras and imaging devices and components therefor, as follows:

N.B.:
“Software” specially designed to enhance or release the performance of cameras or imaging devices to meet the characteristics below is controlled in 4-5.D.1. and 4-5.D.2.
- Streak cameras and specially designed components therefor, as follows:
  - 1. Streak cameras with writing speeds greater than 0.5 mm/µs;
  - 2. Electronic streak cameras capable of 50 ns or less time resolution;
  - 3. Streak tubes for cameras specified in Item 4-5.B.3.a.2;
  - 4. Plug-ins specially designed for use with streak cameras which have modular structures and that enable the performance specifications in 4-5.B.3.a.1 or 4-5.B.3.a.2.;
  - 5. Synchronizing electronics units, rotor assemblies consisting of turbines, mirrors and bearings specially designed for cameras specified in 4-5.B.3.a.1.
- Framing cameras and specially designed components therefor as follows:
  - 1. Framing cameras with recording rates greater than 225,000 frames per second;
  - 2. Framing cameras capable of 50 ns or less frame exposure time;
  - 3. Framing tubes and solid-state imaging devices having a fast image gating (shutter) time of 50 ns or less specially designed for cameras specified in Item 4-5.B.3.b.1 or 4-5.B.3.b.2.;
  - 4. Plug-ins specially designed for use with framing cameras which have modular structures and that enable the performance specifications in 4-5.B.3.c.1. or 4-5.B.3.b.2.;
  - 5. Synchronizing electronics units, rotor assemblies consisting of turbines, mirrors and bearings specially designed for cameras specified in 4-5.B.3.b.1 or 4-5.B.3.b.2.
- Solid-state or electron tube cameras and specially designed components therefor as follows:
  - 1. Solid-state or electron tube cameras with a fast image gating (shutter) time of 50 ns or less;
  - 2. Solid-state imaging devices and image intensifiers tubes having a fast image gating (shutter) time of 50 ns or less specially designed for cameras specified in 4-5.B.3.c.1.;
  - 3. Electro-optical shuttering devices (Kerr or Pockels cells) with a fast image gating (shutter) time of 50 ns or less;
  - 4. Plug-ins specially designed for use with cameras which have modular structures and that enable the performance specifications in 4-5.B.3.c.1.
Technical Note:
High speed single frame cameras can be used alone to produce a single image of a dynamic event or several such cameras can be combined in a sequentially-triggered system to produce multiple images of an event.
4. Not used since 2013
5. Specialised instrumentation for hydrodynamic experiments, as follows:
- Velocity interferometers for measuring velocities exceeding 1 km/s during time intervals of less than 10 μs;
  
  Note:
  Item 4-5.B.5.a. includes velocity interferometers such as VISARs (Velocity Interferometer Systems for any reflector) and DLIs (Doppler Laser Interferometers) and PDV (Photonic Doppler Velocimeters) also known as Het-V (Heterodyne Velocimeters).
- Shock pressure gauges capable of measuring pressures greater than 10 GPa, including gauges made with manganin, ytterbium, and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF/polyvinyl difluoride (PVF2));
- Quartz pressure transducers for pressures greater than 10 GPa.
6. High-speed pulse generators, and pulse heads therefor, having both of the following characteristics:
- Output voltage greater than 6 V into a resistive load of less than 55 Ω; and
- ‘Pulse transition time’ less than 500 ps.
  
  Technical Note:
  - 1. In Item 4-5.B.6.b. ‘pulse transition time’ is defined as the time interval between 10% and 90% voltage amplitude.
  - 2. Pulse heads are impulse forming networks designed to accept a voltage step function and shape it into a variety of pulse forms that can include rectangular, triangular, step, impulse, exponential, or monocycle types. Pulse heads can be an integral part of the pulse generator, they can be a plug-in module to the device or they can be an externally connected device.
7. High explosive containment vessels, chambers, containers and other similar containment devices designed for the testing of high explosives or explosive devices and having both of the following characteristics:
- Designed to fully contain an explosion equivalent to 2 kg of trinitrotoluene (TNT) or greater; and
- Having design elements or features enabling real time or delayed transfer of diagnostic or measurement information.

4-5.C. Materials

None

4-5.D. Software

1. “Software” or encryption keys/codes specially designed to enhance or release the performance characteristics of equipment not controlled in Item 4-5.B.3. so that it meets or exceeds the characteristics specified in Item 4 5.B.3.
2. “Software” or encryption keys/codes specially designed to enhance or release the performance characteristics of equipment controlled in Item 4 5.B.3.

4-5.E. Technology

“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment, material or “software” specified in 4-5.A. through 4-5.D.

4-6. Components for Nuclear Explosive Devices

4-6.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

1. Detonators and multipoint initiation systems, as follows:
- Electrically driven explosive detonators, as follows:
  - 1. Exploding bridge (EB);
  - 2. Exploding bridge wire (EBW);
  - 3. Slapper;
  - 4. Exploding foil initiators (EFI);
- Arrangements using single or multiple detonators designed to nearly simultaneously initiate an explosive surface over an area greater than 5,000 mm²from a single firing signal with an initiation timing spread over the surface of less than 2.5 μs.
  Note:
  Item 4-6.A.1. does not control detonators using only primary explosives, such as lead azide.
  Technical Note:
  In Item 4-6.A.1. the detonators of concern all utilise a small electrical conductor (bridge, bridge wire, or foil) that explosively vaporises when a fast, high-current electrical pulse is passed through it. In nonslapper types, the exploding conductor starts a chemical detonation in a contacting high-explosive material such as PETN (pentaerythritoltetranitrate). In slapper detonators, the explosive vaporisation of the electrical conductor drives a flyer or slapper across a gap, and the impact of the slapper on an explosive starts a chemical detonation. The slapper in some designs is driven by magnetic force. The term exploding foil detonator may refer to either an EB or a slapper-type detonator. Also, the word initiator is sometimes used in place of the word detonator.
2. Firing sets and equivalent high-current pulse generators, as follows:
- Detonator firing sets (initiation systems, firesets), including electronically-charged, explosively-driven and optically-driven firing sets designed to drive multiple controlled detonators specified by Item 4-6.A.1. above;
- Modular electrical pulse generators (pulsers) having all of the following characteristics:
  - 1. Designed for portable, mobile, or ruggedised-use;
  - 2. Capable of delivering their energy in less than 15 µs into loads of less than 40 Ω;
  - 3. Having an output greater than 100 A;
  - 4. No dimension greater than 30 cm;
  - 5. Weight less than 30 kg; and
  - 6. Specified to operate over an extended temperature range of 223 to 373 K (-50 °C to 100 °C) or specified as suitable for aerospace applications.
- Micro-firing units having all of the following characteristics:
  - 1. No dimension greater than 35 mm;
  - 2. Voltage rating of equal to or greater than 1kV; and
  - 3. Capacitance of equal to or greater than 100 nF.
  Note:
  Optically driven firing sets include both those employing laser initiation and laser charging. Explosively-driven firing sets include both explosive ferroelectric and explosive ferromagnetic firing set types. Item 4-6.A.2.b. includes xenon flashlamp drivers.
3. Switching devices as follows:
- Cold-cathode tubes, whether gas filled or not, operating similarly to a spark gap, having all of the following characteristics:
  - 1. Containing three or more electrodes;
  - 2. Anode peak voltage rating of 2.5 kV or more;
  - 3. Anode peak current rating of 100 A or more; and
  - 4. Anode delay time of 10 μs or less;
  Note:
  Item 4-6.A.3.a. includes gas krytron tubes and vacuum sprytron tubes.
- Triggered spark-gaps having both of the following characteristics:
  - 1. Anode delay time of 15 μs or less; and
  - 2. Rated for a peak current of 500 A or more;
- Modules or assemblies with a fast switching function having all of the following characteristics:
  - 1. Anode peak voltage rating greater than 2 kV;
  - 2. Anode peak current rating of 500 A or more; and
  - 3. Turn-on time of 1 μs or less.
4. Pulse discharge capacitors having either of the following sets of characteristics:
- - 1. Voltage rating greater than 1.4 kV;
  - 2. Energy storage greater than 10 J;
  - 3. Capacitance greater than 0.5 μF; and
  - 4. Series inductance less than 50 nH; or
- - 1. Voltage rating greater than 750 V;
  - 2. Capacitance greater than 0.25 μF; and
  - 3. Series inductance less than 10 nH.
5. Neutron generator systems, including tubes, having both of the following characteristics:
- Designed for operation without an external vacuum system; and
- - 1. Utilising electrostatic acceleration to induce a tritium-deuterium nuclear reaction; or
  - 2. Utilising acceleration to induce a deuterium-deuterium nuclear reaction and capable of an output of 3x10⁹ neutrons/s or greater.
6. Striplines to provide low inductance path to detonators with the following characteristics;
- Voltage rating greater than 2kV; and
- Inductance of less than 20 nH.

4-6.B. Test and Production Equipment

None

4-6.C. Materials

1. High explosive substances or mixtures, containing more than 2% by weight of any of the following:
- Cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine (HMX) (CAS 2691-41-0);
- Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine (RDX) (CAS 121-82-4);
- Triaminotrinitrobenzene (TATB) (CAS 3058-38-6);
- Aminodinitrobenzo-furoxan or 7 amino-4,6 nitrobenzofurazane-1-oxide (ADNBF) (CAS 97096-78-1);
- 1,1-diamino-2,2-dinitroethylene (DADE or FOX7) (CAS 145250-81-3);
- 2,4-dinitroimidazole (DNI) (CAS 5213-49-0);
- Diaminoazoxyfurazan (DAAOF or DAAF) (CAS78644-89-0);
- Diaminotrinitrobenzene (DATB) (CAS 1630-08-6);
- Dinitroglycoluril (DNGU or DINGU) (CAS 55510-04-8);
- 2,6-Bis (picrylamino)-3,5-dinitropyridine (PYX) (CAS 38082-89-2);
- 3,3′-diamino-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-hexanitrobiphenylor dipicramide (DIPAM) (CAS 17215-44-0);
- Diaminoazofurazan (DAAzF) (CAS 78644-90-3);
- 1,4,5,8-tetranitro-pyridazino[4,5-d] pyridazine (TNP) (CAS 229176 04 9);
- Hexanitrostilbene (HNS) (CAS 20062-22-0); or
- Any explosive with a crystal density greater than 1.8 g/cm³ and having a detonation velocity greater than 8,000 m/s.

4-6.D. Software

None

4-6.E. Technology

1. “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment, material or “software” specified in 4-6.A. through 4-6.D.

Definitions of Terms Used in Groups 3 and 4

“Accuracy”

Usually measured in terms of inaccuracy, defined as the maximum deviation, positive or negative, of an indicated value from an accepted standard or true value.

“Angular position deviation”

The maximum difference between angular position and the actual, very accurately measured angular position after the workpiece mount of the table has been turned out of its initial position.

“Basic scientific research”

Experimental or theoretical work undertaken principally to acquire new knowledge of the fundamental principles of phenomena and observable facts, not primarily directed toward a specific practical aim or objective.

“Contouring control”

Two or more “numerically controlled” motions operating in accordance with instructions that specify the next required position and the required feed rates to that position. These feed rates are varied in relation to each other so that a desired contour is generated (Ref.: International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 2806 (1994) as amended).

“Development”

Is related to all phases prior to “production”, such as: design, design research, design analysis, design concepts, assembly and testing of prototypes, pilot production schemes, design data, process of transforming design data into a product, configuration design, integration design, layouts.

“Fibrous or filamentary materials”

Means continuous ‘filament’, ‘monofilaments’, ‘yarns’, ‘rovings’, ‘tows’, or ‘tapes’.

N.B.: ‘Filament’ or ‘monofilament’ is the smallest increment of fibre, usually several μm in diameter.
‘Roving’ is a bundle (typically 12-120) of approximately parallel ‘strands’.
‘Strand’ is a bundle of ‘filaments’ (typically over 200) arranged approximately parallel.
‘Tape’ is a material constructed of interlaced or unidirectional ‘filaments’, ‘strands’, ‘rovings’, ‘tows’, or ‘yarns’, etc., usually preimpregnated with resin.
‘Tow’ is a bundle of ‘filaments’, usually approximately parallel.
‘Yarn’ is a bundle of twisted ‘strands’.

'Filament'

See “Fibrous or filamentary materials”.

“In the public domain”

“In the public domain”, as it applies herein, means “technology” or “software” that has been made available without restrictions upon its further dissemination (Copyright restrictions do not remove “technology” or “software” from being “in the public domain”).

“Linearity”

(Usually measured in terms of nonlinearity) is the maximum deviation of the actual characteristic (average of upscale and downscale readings), positive or negative, from a straight line so positioned as to equalise and minimise the maximum deviations.

“Measurement uncertainty”

The characteristic parameter which specifies in what range around the output value, the correct value of the measurable variable lies, with a confidence level of 95%. It includes the uncorrected systematic deviations, the uncorrected backlash, and the random deviations.

“Microprogram”

A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in a special storage, the execution of which is initiated by the introduction of its reference instruction into an instruction register.

“Monofilament”

See “Fibrous or filamentary materials”.

“Numerical control”

The automatic control of a process performed by a device that makes use of numeric data usually introduced as the operation is in progress (Ref.: ISO 2382 (2015)).

“other elements”

All elements other than hydrogen, uranium and plutonium

“Positioning accuracy”

Of “numerically controlled” machine tools is to be determined and presented in accordance with Item 4-1.B.2., in conjunction with the requirements below:

Test conditions (ISO 230/2 (1988), paragraph 3):
- 1. For 12 h before and during measurements, the machine tool and accuracy measuring equipment will be kept at the same ambient temperature. During the premeasurement time, the slides of the machine will be continuously cycled identically to the way they will be cycled during the accuracy measurements;
- 2. The machine shall be equipped with any mechanical, electronic, or “software” compensation to be exported with the machine;
- 3. Accuracy of measuring equipment for the measurements shall be at least four times more accurate than the expected machine tool accuracy;
- 4. Power supply for slide drives shall be as follows:
  - Line voltage variation shall not be greater than ±10% of nominal rated voltage;
  - Frequency variation shall not be greater than ±2 Hz of normal frequency;
  - Lineouts or interrupted service are not permitted.
Test program (paragraph 4):
- 1. Feed rate (velocity of slides) during measurement shall be the rapid traverse rate;
  N.B.: In the case of machine tools which generate optical quality surfaces, the feed rate shall be equal to or less than 50 mm per minute;
- 2. Measurements shall be made in an incremental manner from one limit of the axis travel to the other without returning to the starting position for each move to the target position;
- 3. Axes not being measured shall be retained at mid-travel during test of an axis.
Presentation of test results (paragraph 2): The results of the measurements must include:
- 1. “Positioning accuracy” (A); and
- 2. The mean reversal error (B).

“Production”

Means all production phases, such as: construction, production engineering, manufacture, integration, assembly (mounting), inspection, testing, and quality assurance.

“Program”

A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or convertible into, a form executable by an electronic computer.

“Resolution”

The least increment of a measuring device; on digital instruments, the least significant bit. . (Ref.: American National Standards Institute (ANSI) B-89.1.12)

'Roving'

See “Fibrous and filamentary materials”.

“Software”

A collection of one or more “programs” or “microprograms” fixed in any tangible medium of expression.

'Strand'

See “Fibrous or filamentary materials”.

'Tape'

See “Fibrous or filamentary materials”.

“Technical assistance”

May take forms, such as: instruction, skills, training, working knowledge, consulting services.

N.B.: “Technical assistance” may involve transfer of “technical data”.

“Technical data”

May take forms such as blueprints, plans, drawings, photoprints or negatives, diagrams, models, formulae, tables, engineering designs and specifications, manuals and instructions, whether in written form or recorded on other media or devices such as disk, tape, read-only memories.

“Technology”

Specific information required for the “development”, “production” or “use”, of an item. This information may take the form of “technical data” or “technical assistance”.

'Tow'

See “Fibrous and filamentary materials”.

“Use”

Operation, installation (including on-site installation), maintenance (checking), repair, overhaul and refurbishing.

'Yarn'

See “Fibrous and filamentary materials”.

Acronyms And Abbreviations Used In Groups 3 And 4

Note:
The International System of Units (SI) is used in Group 3 and Group 4. In all cases, the physical quantity defined in SI units should be considered the official recommended control value.

Commonly used abbreviations (and their prefixes denoting size) in Group 3 and Group 4 are as follows:

A	ampere(s)	Electric current
CAS	Chemical Abstracts Service
°C	degree(s) Celsius	Temperature
cm	centimetre(s)	Length
cm₂	square centimetre(s)	Area
cm₃	cubic centimetre(s)	Volume
°	degree(s)	Angle
g	gram(s)	Mass
g0	acceleration of gravity (9.80665 m/s2)	Acceleration
GBq	gigabecquerel(s)	Activity (radioactive)
GPa	gigapascal(s)	Pressure
Gy	gray(s)	Absorbed ionising radiation
GHz	gigahertz	Frequency
H	henry(s)	Electrical inductance
h	hour(s)	Time
Hz	hertz	Frequency
J	joule(s)	Energy, work, heat
KeV	Kiloelectron volt(s)	Energy, electrical
kg	kilogram(s)	Mass
kHz	kilohertz	Frequency
kN	kilonewton(s)	Force
kj	kilojoule(s)	Energy, work, heat
kPa	kilopascal(s)	Pressure
kV	kilovolt(s)	Electrical potential
kW	kilowatt(s)	Power
K	kelvin	Thermodynamic temperature
l	litre(s)	Volume (liquids)
MeV	megaelectron volt(s)	Energy, electrical
m	metre(s)	Length
m2	square metre(s)	Area
m3	cubic metre(s)	Volume
mA	milliamp(s)	Electric current
ml	millilitre(s)	Volume
mm	millimetre(s)	Length
mPa	millipascal(s)	Pressure
min	minute(s)	Time
MPa	megapascal(s)	Pressure
MW	megawatt(s)	Power
μF	microfarad(s)	Electrical capacitance
μm	micrometre(s)	Length
μs	microsecond(s)	Time
N	newton(s)	Force
nF	nanofarad(s)	Electrical capacitance
nH	nanohenry(s)	Electrical inductance
nm	nanometre(s)	Length
ns	nanosecond(s)	Time
Ω	ohm(s)	Electric resistance
Pa	pascal(s)	Pressure
ps	picosecond(s)	Time
rpm	revolution(s) per minute	Angular velocity
s	second(s)	Time
″	second(s) of arc	Angle
T	tesla(s)	Magnetic flux density
u	Atomic mass unit	Atomic mass
V	volt(s)	Electrical potential
W	Watt(s)	Power

Group 5 – Miscellaneous Goods and Technology

Forest Products

5101. Logs of all species of wood (All destinations)

5102. Pulpwood of all species of wood (All destinations)

5103. Blocks, bolts, blanks, boards and any other material or product of red cedar that is suitable for use in the manufacture of shakes or shingles. (All destinations)

5104. Softwood Lumber Products (United States)

1. Softwood lumber products, as described in Annex 1A to the Softwood Lumber Agreement Between the Government of Canada and the Government of the United States of America, signed on September 12, 2006, as it read on October 12, 2015, excluding those that are described in paragraphs 3 to 5 of that Annex 1A.
2. Paragraph 5 of that Annex 1A is to be read without reference to the requirement set out in item (e) of that paragraph.
3. The references to the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) tariff classifications in that Annex 1A are to be read as references to the corresponding Canadian tariff classifications set out in Annex 1B to the agreement referred to in subsection (1).
4. The references to “imported”, “importer” and “importation” in that Annex 1A are to be read as “exported”, “exporter” and “exportation”, respectively, and the reference to “importés” in the French version of that Annex 1B is to be read as “exportés”.

Agriculture and Food Products

5201. Peanut Butter that is classified under tariff item No. 2008.11.10 in the list of Tariff Provisions set out in the schedule to the Customs Tariff. (All destinations)

5203. Sugar-containing Products (United States)

Sugar-containing products that are classified under subheadings 1701.91.54, 1704.90.74, 1806.20.75, 1806.20.95, 1806.90.55, 1901.90.56, 2101.10.54, 2101.20.54, 2106.90.78 and 2106.90.95 of Harmonised Tariff Schedule of the United States (1999) (United States International Trade Commission Pub. 2831, 19 U.S.C. § 1202 (1988)).

5204. Sugars, Syrups and Molasses (United States and U.S. Foreign Trade Zones)

Sugars, Syrups and Molasses that are classified under subheadings 1701.12.10, 1701.91.10, 1701.99.10, 1702.90.10, and 2106.90.44 of Harmonised Tariff Schedule of the United States (1995) (United States International Trade Commission Pub. 2831, 19 U.S.C. § 1202 (1988)).

5205. High-Sugar-containing Products (EU country or other CETA beneficiary)

High-sugar-containing products classified under subheadings ex 1302.20, ex 1806.10, ex 1806.20, ex 2101.12, ex 2101.20 and ex 2106.90 of Annex 5-A to Annex 5 of the Protocol on Rules of Origin and Origin Procedures of CETA (Annex 5-A), containing 65 percent or more by net weight of added cane or beet sugar classified under subheadings 1701.91 to 1701.99 of Annex 5-A, for export to an EU country or other CETA beneficiary that

originate in Canada and comply with the product description and sufficient production criteria referred to in Table A.1 of Annex 5-A;
contain cane or beet sugar that has been refined exclusively in Canada;
are not included in another item in this List; and
are eligible for tariff elimination in accordance with the schedules in Annex 2-A of CETA.

5206. Sugar Confectionery and Chocolate Preparations (EU country or other CETA beneficiary)

Sugar confectionery and chocolate preparations classified under headings and subheadings 17.04, 1806.31, 1806.32 and 1806.90 of Annex 5-A to Annex 5 of the Protocol on Rules of Origin and Origin Procedures of CETA (Annex 5-A) for export to an EU country or other CETA beneficiary that

originate in Canada and comply with the product description and sufficient production criteria referred to in Table A.2 of Annex 5-A;
are not included in another item in this List; and
are eligible for tariff elimination in accordance with the schedules in Annex 2-A of CETA.

5207. Processed Foods (EU country or other CETA beneficiary)

Processed foods classified under headings and subheadings 19.01, ex 1902.11, ex 1902.19, ex 1902.20, ex 1902.30, 1904.10, 1904.20, 1904.90, 19.05, 2009.81, ex 2009.89, 2103.90, ex 2106.10 and ex 2106.90 of Annex 5-A to Annex 5 of the Protocol on Rules of Origin and Origin Procedures of CETA (Annex 5-A) for export to an EU country or other CETA beneficiary that

originate in Canada and comply with the product description and sufficient production criteria referred to in Table A.3 of Annex 5-A;
are not included in another item in this List; and
are eligible for tariff elimination in accordance with the schedules in Annex 2-A of CETA.

5208. Dog and Cat Food (EU country or other CETA beneficiary)

Dog and cat food classified under subheadings 2309.10 and ex 2309.90 of Annex 5-A to Annex 5 of the Protocol on Rules of Origin and Origin Procedures of CETA (Annex 5-A) for export to an EU country or other CETA beneficiary that

originates in Canada and complies with the product description and sufficient production criteria referred to in Table A.4 of Annex 5-A;
is not included in another item in this List; and
is eligible for tariff elimination in accordance with the schedules in Annex 2-A of CETA.

Apparel Goods

5209. Apparel Goods (EU country or other CETA beneficiary)

Apparel goods classified under headings and subheadings 6102.30, 61.04, 6108.92, 61.14, 62.01 and 62.05 of Annex 5-A to Annex 5 of the Protocol on Rules of Origin and Origin Procedures of CETA (Annex 5-A) for export to an EU country or other CETA beneficiary that

originate in Canada and comply with the product description and sufficient production criteria referred to in Table C.2 of Annex 5-A;
are not included in another item in this List; and
are eligible for tariff elimination in accordance with the schedules in Annex 2-A of CETA.

Vehicles

5210. Vehicles (EU country or other CETA beneficiary)

Vehicles classified under subheadings 8703.21, 8703.22, 8703.23, 8703.24, 8703.31, 8703.32, 8703.33, 8703.80 and 8703.90 of the Council Regulation (EEC) No 2658/87 of 23 July 1987 on the tariff and statistical nomenclature and on the Common Customs Tariff, made by the European Union, for export to an EU country or other CETA beneficiary that

originate in Canada and comply with the product description and sufficient production criteria referred to in Table D.1 of Annex 5-A to Annex 5 of the Protocol on Rules of Origin and Origin Procedures of CETA;
are not included in another item in this List; and
are eligible for tariff elimination in accordance with the schedules in Annex 2-A of CETA.

Foreign Origin Goods and Technology

United States Origin Goods and Technology

5400. United States Origin Goods and Technology

All goods and technology of United States origin, unless they are included elsewhere in this List, whether in bond or cleared by the Canada Border Services Agency, other than goods or technology that have been further processed or manufactured outside the United States so as to result in a substantial change in value, form or use of the goods or technology or in the production of new goods or technology.

(All destinations other than the United States)

Goods and Technology in Transit

5401. Goods and Technology in Transit

1. All goods and technology that originate outside Canada that are included in this List, whether in bond or cleared by the Canada Border Services Agency, other than goods or technology that are in transit on a through journey on a billing that originates outside Canada if the billing
- indicates that the ultimate destination of the goods or technology is a country other than Canada; (All destinations other than the United States) and
- in the case of goods or technology that are shipped from the United States, is accompanied by a certified true copy of the United States Shipper’s Export Declaration, and that Declaration does not contain terms which conflict with those of the billing and is presented to the Canada Border Services Agency. (All destinations other than the United States)

Other Military and Strategic Goods and Technology

5501. Blinding Laser Weapons (All destinations)

Laser weapons that are specifically designed, as their sole combat function or as one of their combat functions, to cause permanent blindness to the naked eye or to the eye with corrective eyesight devices.

5502. Nuclear Fusion Reactors

1. Subject to sub-item 2., systems, equipment, material, components, software and technology for use in research, development, design, testing, demonstration, or training related to nuclear fusion or the construction and operation of a nuclear fusion reactor, including:
- reactor assemblies incorporating toroidal and poloidal field coils;
- independent electrical and magnet power supply systems;
- high-power microwave radio frequency systems; and
- feedback, control and data acquisition systems.
(All destinations)
2. This item does not apply to data:
- that is contained in published books or periodicals or that is otherwise available to the public; or
- that has been made available without restrictions on its further dissemination.

5503. Anti-personnel Mines (All destinations)

Anti-personnel mines as defined in section 2 of the Anti-Personnel Mines Convention Implementation Act.

5504. Strategic Goods and Technology

1. In this item the terms “development”, “production”, “software”, “spacecraft”, “technology” and “use” have the same meaning as in the “Definitions for Terms Used in Groups 1 and 2” of the Guide.
2. Strategic goods and technology as follows:
- goods and technology referred to in Group 1 of the Guide as follows:
  - Global navigation satellite systems receiving equipment referred to in item 1-7.A.5. of the Guide, the associated software referred to in item 1-7.D. of the Guide, and the associated technology referred to in item 1-7.E. of the Guide; and
  - propulsion and space-related equipment referred to in items 1-9.A.4. to 1-9.A.11. of the Guide, the associated software referred to in item 1-9.D. of the Guide, and the associated technology referred to in item 1-9.E. of the Guide;
- subject to the General Software Note in Group 1 of the Guide, software that is specially designed or modified for the development or use of the goods or technology referred to in paragraphs d. to i.;
- subject to the General Technology Note in Group 1 of the Guide, technology that is specially designed or modified for the development or production of the goods or technology referred to in paragraphs d. to i.;
- payloads specially designed or modified for “spacecraft”, and specially designed components therefor not controlled elsewhere by Group 1 of the Guide;
- ground control stations for telemetry, tracking and control of space launch vehicles or “spacecraft”, and specially designed components therefor;
- chemiluminescent compounds specially designed or modified for military use, and specially designed components therefor;
- radiation-hardened microelectronic circuits that meet or exceed all of the following, and specially designed components therefor, namely:
  - a total dose of 5 x 10⁵ Rads (SI);
  - a dose rate upset of 5 x 10⁸ Rads (SI)/s;
  - a neutron dose of 1 x 10¹⁴ N/cm²;
  - a single event upset of 1 x 10^-7 or less error/bit/day; and
  - single event latch-up free and having a dose rate latch-up of 5 x 10⁸ Rads (SI)/s or greater;
  (All destinations other than United States)
- nuclear weapons design and test equipment, as follows:
  - any article, material, equipment or device which is specially designed or modified for use in the design, development or fabrication of nuclear weapons or nuclear explosive devices;
    (All destinations)
  - any article, material, equipment or device which is specially designed or modified for use in the devising, carrying out or evaluating of nuclear weapons tests or other nuclear explosions;
    (All destinations)
    and
- any other articles not specifically set out in paragraphs a. to h. or in Group 2 or Group 6 that are United States origin goods or technology, which have been determined under Parts 120 to 130 of Title 22 of the International Traffic in Arms Regulations of the Code of Federal Regulations (United States) as having substantial military applicability, and which have been specially designed or modified for military purposes.

(All destinations other than United States)

5505. Goods and Technology for Certain Uses (Catch-all)

1. Goods and technology whether or not included elsewhere on the List if their properties and any information made known to the exporter by any intermediary or final consignee or from any other source would lead a reasonable person to suspect that they will be used:
- in the development, production, handling, operation, maintenance, storage, detection, identification or dissemination of:
  - chemical or biological weapons,
  - nuclear explosive or radiological dispersal devices, or
  - materials or equipment that could be used in such weapons or devices;
- in the development, production, handling, operation, maintenance or storage of:
  - missiles or other systems capable of delivering chemical or biological weapons or nuclear explosive or radiological dispersal devices, or
  - materials or equipment that could be used in such missiles or systems; or
- in any facility used for any of the activities described in paragraphs a. and b.
2. Goods and technology whether or not included elsewhere on the List if the Minister has determined, on the basis of their properties and any additional information relating to such matters as their intended end-use or the identity or conduct of their intermediary or final consignees, that they are likely to be used in the activities or facilities referred to in subitem (1).
3. Subitem (1) applies to goods and technology intended for export to all destinations unless
- they are intended for end-use in Argentina, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Korea, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Ukraine, the United Kingdom or the United States; and
- their intermediary consignees, if any, are located in those countries; and
- their final consignee is located in one of those countries.
4. Subitem (2) applies to goods and technology intended for export to all destinations.

Group 6 - Missile Technology Control Regime List

Note:

Terms in “double quotation marks” are defined terms. Refer to Definitions at the end of Group 6.

General Technology Note:

The transfer of “technology” directly associated with any goods controlled in Group 6 is controlled according to the provisions in each Item to the extent permitted by national legislation. The approval of any Group 6 item for export also authorizes the export to the same end-user of the minimum “technology” required for the installation, operation, maintenance, and repair of the item.

Note:

Controls do not apply to “technology” “in the public domain” or to “basic scientific research”.

General Software Note:

Group 6 does not control “software” which is either:

1. Generally available to the public by being:
- Sold from stock at retail selling points without restriction, by means of:
  - 1. Over-the-counter transactions; or
  - 2. Mail order transactions; or
  - 3. Electronic transactions; or
  - 4. Telephone call transactions; and
- Designed for installation by the user without further substantial support by the supplier; or
2. “In the public domain”.

Note:

The General Software Note only applies to general purpose, mass market “software”.

General Minimum Software Note:
The approval of any Group 6 item for export also authorizes the export, or transfer, to the same end user of the minimum “software”, excluding source code, required for the installation, operation, maintenance or repair of the item in order to ensure the item’s safe operation as originally intended.

Note:
The General Minimum Software Note also authorizes export of “software” intended to correct defects (bug fixes) in a previously legally exported item, provided that the capability and/or performance of the item are not otherwise enhanced.

Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) Numbers:

In some instances chemicals are listed by name and CAS number. Chemicals of the same structural formula (including hydrates) are controlled regardless of name or CAS number. CAS numbers are shown to assist in identifying whether a particular chemical or mixture is controlled, irrespective of nomenclature. CAS numbers cannot be used as unique identifiers because some forms of the listed chemical have different CAS numbers and mixtures containing a listed chemical may also have different CAS numbers.

Category I

6-1. Complete Delivery Systems

(All destinations applies to all 6-1 Items)

6-1.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

1. Complete rocket systems (including ballistic missiles systems, space launch vehicles, and sounding rockets) capable of delivering at least a 500 kg “payload” to a “range” of at least 300 km.
2. Complete unmanned aerial vehicle systems (including cruise missiles systems, target drones and reconnaissance drones) capable of delivering at least a 500 kg “payload” to a “range” of at least 300 km.

6-1.B. Test and Production Equipment

1. “Production facilities” specially designed for the systems specified in 6-1.A.

6-1.C. Materials

None

6-1.D. Software

1. “Software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of “production facilities” specified in 6-1.B.
2. “Software” specially designed or modified to coordinate the function of more than one subsystem in systems specified in 6-1.A.
Note:
For a manned aircraft converted to operate as an unmanned aerial vehicle specified in 6 1.A.2., Item 6-1.D.2. includes “software”, as follows:
- “Software” specially designed or modified to integrate the conversion equipment with the aircraft system functions;
- “Software” specially designed or modified to operate the aircraft as an unmanned aerial vehicle.

6-1.E. Technology

1. “Technology”, in accordance with the General Technology Note, for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment or “software” specified in 6-1.A., 6-1.B., or 6-1.D.

6-2. Complete Subsystems Usable for Complete Delivery Systems

(All destinations applies to all 6-2 Items)

6-2.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

1. Complete subsystems usable in the systems specified in 6-1.A., as follows:
- Individual rocket stages usable in the systems specified in 6-1.A.;
- Re-entry vehicles, usable in the systems specified in 6-1.A., and as follows, equipment designed or modified therefor, except as provided in the Note below 6-2.A.1. for those designed for non-weapon payloads:
  - 1. Heat shields, and components therefor, fabricated of ceramic or ablative materials;
  - 2. Heat sinks and components therefor fabricated of light-weight, high heat capacity materials;
  - 3. Electronic equipment specially designed for re-entry vehicles;
- Rocket propulsion subsystems, usable in the systems specified in 6-1.A., as follows:
  - 1. Solid propellant rocket motors or hybrid rocket motors having a total impulse capacity equal to or greater than 1.1 x 10⁶ Ns;
  - 2. Liquid propellant rocket engines or gel propellant rocket motors integrated, or designed or modified to be integrated, into a liquid propellant or gel propellant propulsion system which has a total impulse capacity equal to or greater than 1.1 x 10⁶ Ns;
  Note:
  Liquid propellant apogee engines or station-keeping engines specified in 6-2.A.1.c.2., designed or modified for use on satellites, may be treated as Category II, if the subsystem is exported subject to end-use statements and quantity limits appropriate for the excepted end-use stated above, when having a vacuum thrust not greater than 1kN.
- ‘Guidance sets’, usable in the systems specified in 6-1.A., capable of achieving system accuracy of 3.33% or less of the “range” (e.g., a ‘CEP’ of 10 km or less at a “range” of 300 km), except as provided in the Note below 6-2.A.1. for those designed for missiles with a “range” under 300 km or manned aircraft;
  Technical Notes:
  - 1. A ‘guidance set’ integrates the process of measuring and computing a vehicle’s position and velocity (i.e. navigation) with that of computing and sending commands to the vehicle’s flight control systems to correct the trajectory.
  - 2. ‘CEP’ (circle of equal probability) is a measure of accuracy, defined as the radius of the circle centred at the target, at a specific range, in which 50% of the payloads impact.
- Thrust vector control subsystems, usable in the systems specified in 6-1.A., except as provided in the Note below 6-2.A.1. for those designed for rocket systems that do not exceed the “range”/“payload” capability of systems specified in 6-1.A.;
  Technical Note:
  6-2.A.1.e. includes the following methods of achieving thrust vector control:
  - Flexible nozzle;
  - Fluid or secondary gas injection;
  - Movable engine or nozzle;
  - Deflection of exhaust gas stream (jet vanes or probes);
  - Use of thrust tabs.
- Weapon or warhead safing, arming, fuzing, and firing mechanisms, usable in the systems specified in 6-1.A., except as provided in the Note below 6-2.A.1. for those designed for systems other than those specified in 6-1.A.

Note:

The exceptions in 6-2.A.1.b., 6-2.A.1.d., 6-2.A.1.e. and 6-2.A.1.f. above may be treated as Category II if the subsystem is exported subject to end-use statements and quantity limits appropriate for the excepted end-use stated above.

6-2.B. Test and Production Equipment

1. “Production facilities” specially designed for the subsystems specified in 6-2.A.
2. “Production equipment” specially designed for the subsystems specified in 6-2.A.

6-2.C. Materials

None

6-2.D. Software

1. “Software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of “production facilities” specified in 6-2.B.1.
2. “Software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of rocket motors or engines specified in 6-2.A.1.c.
3. “Software”, specially designed or modified for the operation or maintenance of ‘guidance sets’ specified in 6-2.A.1.d.
Note:
6-2.D.3. includes “software”, specially designed or modified to enhance the performance of ´guidance sets´ to achieve or exceed the accuracy specified in 6-2.A.1.d.
4. “Software” specially designed or modified for the operation or maintenance of subsystems or equipment specified in 6-2.A.1.b.3.
5. “Software” specially designed or modified for the operation or maintenance of subsystems in 6-2.A.1.e.
6. “Software” specially designed or modified for the operation or maintenance of subsystems in 6-2.A.1.f.
Note:
Subject to end-use statements appropriate for the excepted end-use, “software” controlled by 6-2.D.2. to 6-2.D.6. may be treated as Category II as follows:
- 1. Under 6-2.D.2. if specially designed or modified for liquid propellant apogee engines or station keeping engines, designed or modified for satellite applications as specified in the Note to 6 2.A.1.c.2.;
- 2. Under 6-2.D.3. if designed for missiles with a “range” of under 300 km or manned aircraft;
- 3. Under 6-2.D.4. if specially designed or modified for re-entry vehicles designed for non-weapon payloads;
- 4. Under 6-2.D.5. if designed for rocket systems that do not exceed the “range” “payload” capability of systems specified in 6-1.A.;
- 5. Under 6-2.D.6. if designed for systems other than those specified in 6-1.A.

6-2.E. Technology

1. “Technology”, in accordance with the General Technology Note, for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment or “software” specified in 6-2.A., 6-2.B. or 6-2.D.

Category II

6-3. Propulsion Components and Equipment

6-3.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

1. Turbojet and turbofan engines, as follows:
- Engines having hall of the following characteristics:
  - 1. 'Maximum thrust value' greater than 400 N (achieved un-installed) excluding civil certified engines with a 'maximum thrust value' greater than 8.89 kN (achieved un-installed);
  - 2. Specific fuel consumption of 0.15 kg N^-1 h^-1 or less (at maximum continuous power at sea level static conditions using the ICAO standard atmosphere);
  - 3. ‘Dry weight’ less than 750 kg; and
  - 4. ‘First-stage rotor diameter’ less than 1 m;
    Technical Notes:
    - 1. In 6-3.A.1.a.1., ‘maximum thrust value’ is the manufacturer’s demonstrated maximum thrust for the engine type un-installed at sea level static conditions using the ICAO standard atmosphere. The civil type certified thrust value will be equal to or less than the manufacturer’s demonstrated maximum thrust for the engine type.
    - 2. ‘Dry weight’ is the weight of the engine without fluids (fuel, hydraulic fluid, oil, etc.) and does not include the nacelle (housing).
    - 3. ‘First-stage rotor diameter’ is the diameter of the first rotating stage of the engine, whether a fan or compressor, measured at the leading edge of the blade tips.
- Engines designed or modified for systems specified in 6-1.A. or 6 19.A.2., regardless of thrust, specific fuel consumption, ‘dry weight’ or ‘first-stage motor diameter’.
Note:
Governments may permit the export of engines specified in 6-3.A.1. as part of a manned aircraft or in quantities appropriate for replacement parts for a manned aircraft.
2. Ramjet, scramjet, pulse jet, detonation, or ‘combined cycle’ engines, including devices to regulate combustion, and specially designed components therefor, usable in the systems specified in 6-1.A. or 6-19.A.2.
Technical Notes:
- 1. In Item 6-3.A.2., ‘combined cycle’ engine is the engine that employs two or more cycles of the following engine types: gas-turbine (turbojet, turboprop, turbofan and turboshaft), ramjet, scramjet, pulse jet, detonation or rocket motor or rocket engine (liquid/gel/solid-propellant and hybrid).
- 2. In Item 6-3.A.2., detonation engines utilise detonation to produce a rise in effective pressure across the combustion chamber. Examples of detonation engines include pulse detonation engines, rotating detonation engines or continuous wave detonation engines.
In Item 6-3.A.2., ‘combined cycle engines’ are the engines that employ two or more cycles of the following types of engines: gas-turbine engine (turbojet, turboprop, turbofan and turboshaft), ramjet, scramjet, pulse jet, pulse detonation engine, rocket motor (liquid/solid-propellant and hybrid).
3. Rocket motor cases, ‘insulation’ components and nozzles for solid propellant or hybrid rocket motors usable in the subsystems specified in 6-2.A.1.c.1. or 6 20.A.1.b.1.
Technical Note:
In 6-3.A.3. ‘insulation’ intended to be applied to the components of a rocket motor, i.e. the case, nozzle inlets, case closures, includes cured or semi-cured compounded rubber components comprising sheet stock containing an insulating or refractory material. It may also be incorporated as stress relief boots or flaps.
Note:
Refer to 6-3.C.2. for ‘insulation’ material in bulk or sheet form.
4. Staging mechanisms, separation mechanisms, and interstages therefor, usable in the systems specified in 6-1.A.

Note:
See also Item 6-11.A.5.

Technical Note:
Staging and separation mechanisms specified in 6-3.A.4. may contain some of the following components:
- - Pyrotechnic bolts, nuts and shackles;
- - Ball locks;
- - Circular cutting devices;
- - Flexible linear shaped charges (FLSC).
5. Liquid slurry and gel propellant (including oxidisers) control systems, and specially designed components therefor, usable in the systems specified in 6 1.A., designed or modified to operate in vibration environments greater than 10 g rms between 20 Hz and 2 kHz.
Notes:
- 1. The only servo valves, pumps and gas turbines specified in 6-3.A.5. are the following:
  - Servo valves designed for flow rates equal to or greater than 24 litres per minute, at an absolute pressure equal to or greater than 7 MPa, that have an actuator response time of less than 100 ms;
  - Pumps, for liquid propellants, with shaft speeds equal to or greater than 8,000 rpm at the maximum operating mode or with discharge pressures equal to or greater than 7 MPa.
  - Gas turbines, for liquid propellant turbopumps, with shaft speeds equal to or greater than 8,000 rpm at the maximum operating mode.
- 2. Governments may permit the export of systems and components specified in 6-3.A.5. as part of a satellite.
6. Specially designed components for hybrid rocket motors specified in 6-2.A.1.c.1. or 6-20.A.1.b.1.
7. Radial ball bearings having all tolerances specified in accordance with ISO 492 Tolerance Class 2 (or ANSI/ABMA Std 20 Tolerance Class ABEC-9 or other national equivalents), or better and having all of the following characteristics:
- An inner ring bore diameter between 12 and 50 mm;
- An outer ring outside diameter between 25 and 100 mm; and
- A width between 10 and 20 mm.
8. Liquid or gel propellant tanks specially designed for the propellants controlled in Item 6-4.C. or other liquid or gel propellants used in the systems specified in 6-1.A.1.
9. ‘Turboprop engine systems’ specially designed for the systems in 6-1.A.2. or 6-19.A.2., and specially designed components therefor, having a maximum power greater than 10 kW (achieved uninstalled at sea level static conditions using the ICAO standard atmosphere), excluding civil certified engines.
Technical Note:
For the purposes of Item 6-3.A.9., a ‘turboprop engine system’ incorporates all of the following:
- Turboshaft engine; and
- Power transmission system to transfer the power to a propeller.
10. Combustion chambers and nozzles for liquid propellant rocket engines or gel propellant rocket motors usable in the subsystems specified in 6-2.A.1.c.2. or 6- 20.A.1.b.2.

6-3.B. Test and Production Equipment

1. “Production facilities” specially designed for equipment or materials specified in 6-3.A.1., 6-3.A.2., 6-3.A.3., 6-3.A.4., 6-3.A.5., 6-3.A.6., 6-3.A.8., 6-3.A.9., 6-3.A.10. or 6-3.C.
2. “Production equipment” specially designed for equipment or materials specified in 6-3.A.1., 6-3.A.2., 6-3.A.3., 6-3.A.4., 6-3.A.5., 6-3.A.6. 6-3.A.8., 6-3.A.9., 6-3.A.10. or 6-3.C.
3. Flow-forming machines, usable in the “production” of propulsion components and equipment (e.g. motor cases and interstages) for systems specified in 6-1.A., having all of the following, and specially designed components therefor:
- Equipped with, or according to the manufacturer’s technical specification are capable of being equipped with, numerical control units or computer control; and
- More than two axes which can be co-ordinated simultaneously for contouring control.
Note:
This item does not include machines that are not usable in the “production” of propulsion components and equipment (e.g. motor cases and interstages ) for systems specified in 6-1.A.
Technical Note:
Machines combining the function of spin-forming and flow-forming are, for the purpose of this item, regarded as flow-forming machines.

6-3.C. Materials

1. ‘Interior lining’ usable for rocket motor cases in the subsystems specified in 6-2.A.1. c.1. or specially designed for subsystems specified in 6- 20.A.1. b.1.
Technical Note:
In 6-3.C.1. ‘interior lining’ suited for the bond interface between the solid propellant and the case or insulating liner is usually a liquid polymer based dispersion of refractory or insulating materials e.g. carbon filled HTPB or other polymer with added curing agents to be sprayed or screeded over a case interior.
2. ‘Insulation’ material in bulk form usable for rocket motor cases in the subsystems specified in 6-2.A.1.c.1. or specially designed for subsystems specified in 6-20.A.1.b.1.
Technical Note:
In 6-3.C.2. ‘insulation’ intended to be applied to the components of a rocket motor, i.e. the case, nozzle inlets, case closures, includes cured or semi-cured compounded rubber sheet stock containing an insulating or refractory material. It may also be incorporated as stress relief boots or flaps specified in 6-3.A.3.

6-3.D. Software

1. “Software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of “production facilities” and flow-forming machines specified in 6-3.B.1. or 6-3.B.3.
2. “Software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of equipment specified in 6-3.A.1., 6-3.A.2., 6-3.A.4., 6-3.A.5., 6-3.A.6. or 6-3.A.9.
Notes:
- 1. Governments may permit the export of “software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of engines specified in 6-3.A.1. as part of a manned aircraft or as replacement “software” therefor.
- 2. Governments may permit the export of “software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of propellant control systems specified in 6-3.A.5. as part of a satellite or as replacement “software” therefor.
3. “Software” specially designed or modified for the “development” of equipment specified in 6-3.A.2., 6-3.A.3. or 6-3.A.4.

6-3.E. Technology

1. “Technology”, in accordance with the General Technology Note, for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment, materials or “software” specified in 6-3.A.1., 6-3.A.2., 6-3.A.3., 6-3.A.4., 6-3.A.5., 6-3.A.6., 6-3.A.8., 6-3.A.9., 6-3.A.10., 6-3.B., 6-3.C. or 6-3.D.

6-4. Propellants, Chemicals and Propellant Production

6-4.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

None

6-4.B. Test and Production Equipment

1. “Production equipment”, and specially designed components therefor, for the “production”, handling or acceptance testing of liquid propellants or propellant constituents specified in 6-4.C.
2. “Production equipment”, other than that described in 6-4.B.3., and specially designed components therefor, for the production, handling, mixing, curing, casting, pressing, machining, extruding or acceptance testing of solid propellants or propellant constituents specified in 6-4.C.
3. Equipment as follows, and specially designed components therefor:
- Batch mixers having all of the following:
  - 1. Designed or modified for mixing under vacuum in the range of zero to 13.326 kPa;
  - 2. Capable of controlling the temperature of the mixing chamber;
  - 3. A total volumetric capacity of 110 litres or more; and
  - 4. At least one ‘mixing/kneading shaft’ mounted off centre;
    
    Note:
    In Item 6-4.B.3.a.4. the term ‘mixing/kneading shaft’ does not refer to deagglomerators or knife-spindles.
- Continuous mixers having all of the following:
  - 1. Designed or modified for mixing under vacuum in the range of zero to 13.326 kPa;
  - 2. Capable of controlling the temperature of the mixing chamber; and
  - 3. Any of the following:
    - Two or more mixing/kneading shafts; or
    - All of the following:
      - 1. A single rotating and oscillating shaft with kneading teeth/pins; and
      - 2. Kneading teeth/pins inside the casing of the mixing chamber;
- Fluid energy mills usable for grinding or milling substances specified in 6-4.C.;
- Metal powder “production equipment” usable for the “production”, in a controlled environment, of spherical, spheroidal or atomised materials specified in 6-4.C.2.c., 6-4.C.2.d. or 6-4.C.2.e.
  Note:
  6-4.B.3.d. includes:
  - Plasma generators (high frequency arc-jet) usable for obtaining sputtered or spherical metallic powders with organization of the process in an argon-water environment;
  - Electroburst equipment usable for obtaining sputtered or spherical metallic powders with organization of the process in an argon-water environment;
  - Equipment usable for the “production” of spherical aluminium powders by powdering a melt in an inert medium (e.g. nitrogen).
  Notes:
  - 1. The only batch mixers, continuous mixers, usable for solid propellants or propellants constituents specified in 6-4.C., and fluid energy mills specified in 6-4.B., are those specified in 6-4.B.3.
  - 2. Forms of metal powder “production equipment” not specified in 6-4.B.3.d. are to be evaluated in accordance with 6-4.B.2.

6-4.C. Materials

N.B.:
CAS numbers included in Item 6-4.C. are Technical Notes. For the use of CAS numbers in Group 6, see the Introduction section - Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) Numbers Note.

6-4.C.1. Composite and composite modified double base propellants.

6-4.C.2. Fuel substances as follows:

Hydrazine (CAS 302-01-2) with a concentration of more than 70%;
Hydrazine derivatives as follows:
- 1. Monomethylhydrazine (MMH) (CAS 60-34-4);
- 2. Unsymmetrical dimethylhydrazine (UDMH) (CAS 57-14-7);
- 3. Hydrazine mononitrate (CAS 13464-97-6);
- 4. Trimethylhydrazine (CAS 1741-01-1);
- 5. Tetramethylhydrazine (CAS 6415-12-9);
- 6. N,N diallylhydrazine (CAS 5164-11-4);
- 7. Allylhydrazine (CAS 7422-78-8);
- 8. Ethylene dihydrazine (CAS 6068-98-0);
- 9. Monomethylhydrazine dinitrate;
- 10. Unsymmetrical dimethylhydrazine nitrate;
- 11. Hydrazinium azide (CAS 14546-44-2);
- 12. 1,1-Dimethylhydrazinium azide (CAS 227955-52-4) / 1,2-Dimethylhydrazinium azide (CAS 299177-50-7);
- 13. Hydrazinium dinitrate (CAS 13464-98-7);
- 14. Diimido oxalic acid dihydrazine (CAS 3457-37-2);
- 15. 2-hydroxyethylhydrazine nitrate (HEHN);
- 16. Hydrazinium perchlorate (CAS 27978-54-7);
- 17. Hydrazinium diperchlorate (CAS 13812-39-0);
- 18. Methylhydrazine nitrate (MHN) (CAS 29674-96-2);
- 19. 1,1-Diethylhydrazine nitrate (DEHN) / 1,2-Diethylhydrazine nitrate (DEHN) (CAS 363453-17-2);
- 20. 3,6-dihydrazino tetrazine nitrate (DHTN);
Technical Note:
3,6-dihydrazino tetrazine nitrate is also referred to as 1,4-dihydrazine nitrate.
Spherical or spheroidal aluminium powder (CAS 7429-90-5) in particle size of less than 200 x 10^-6m (200 μm) and an aluminium content of 97% by weight or more, if at least 10% of the total weight is made up of particles of less than 63 μm, according to ISO 2591-1:1988 or national equivalents;
Technical Note:
A particle size of 63 μm (ISO R-565) corresponds to 250 mesh (Tyler) or 230 mesh (ASTM standard E-11).
Metal powders of any of the following: zirconium (CAS 7440-67-7), beryllium (CAS 7440-41-7), magnesium (CAS 7439-95-4) or alloys of these, if at least 90% of the total particles by particle volume or weight are made up of particles of less than 60µm (determined by measurement techniques such as using a sieve, laser diffraction or optical scanning), whether spherical, atomised, spheroidal, flaked or ground, consisting of 97% by weight or more of any of the above mentioned metals;
Note:
In a multimodal particle distribution (e.g. mixtures of different grain sizes) in which one or more modes are controlled, the entire powder mixture is controlled.

Technical Note:
The natural content of hafnium (CAS 7440-58-6) in the zirconium (typically 2% to
7%) is counted with the zirconium.
Metal powders of either boron (CAS 7740-42-8) or boron alloys with a boron content of 85% or more by weight, if at least 90% of the total particles by particle volume or weight are made up of particles of less than 60µm (determined by measurement techniques such as using a sieve, laser diffraction or optical scanning), whether spherical, atomised, spheroidal, flaked or ground;

Note:
In a multimodal particle distribution (e.g. mixtures of different grain sizes) in which one or more modes are controlled, the entire powder mixture is controlled.
High energy density materials, usable in the systems specified in 6-1.A. or 6-19.A., as follows:
- 1. Mixed fuels that incorporate both solid and liquid fuels, such as boron slurry, having a mass-based energy density of 40 x 10⁶ J/kg or greater;
- 2. Other high energy density fuels and fuel additives (e.g., cubane, ionic solutions, JP-10) having a volume-based energy density of 37.5 x 10⁹ J/m³or greater, measured at 20° C and one atmosphere (101.325 kPa) pressure.
  
  Note:
  Item 6-4.C.2.f.2. does not control fossil refined fuels and biofuels produced from vegetables, including fuels for engines certified for use in civil aviation, unless specifically formulated for systems specified in 6-1.A. or 6-19.A.
Hydrazine replacement fuels as follows:
- 1. 2-Dimethylaminoethylazide (DMAZ) (CAS 86147-04-8).

6-4.C.3. Oxidisers/Fuels as follows:

a. Perchlorates, chlorates or chromates mixed with powdered metals or other
high energy fuel components;
b. Hydroxylammonium nitrate (HAN) (CAS 13465-08-2).

Perchlorates, chlorates or chromates mixed with powdered metals or other high energy fuel components.

6-4.C.4. Oxidiser substances as follows:

Oxidiser substances usable in liquid propellant rocket engines as follows:
- 1. Dinitrogen trioxide (CAS 10544-73-7);
- 2. Nitrogen dioxide (CAS 10102-44-0)/dinitrogen tetroxide (CAS 10544-72-6);
- 3. Dinitrogen pentoxide (CAS 10102-03-1);
- 4. Mixed Oxides of Nitrogen (MON);
Technical Note:
Mixed Oxides of Nitrogen (MON) are solutions of Nitric Oxide (NO) in Dinitrogen Tetroxide/Nitrogen Dioxide (N₂O₄/NO₂) that can be used in missile systems. There are a range of compositions that can be denoted as MONi or MONij where i and j are integers representing the percentage of Nitric Oxide in the mixture (e.g. MON3 contains 3% Nitric Oxide, MON25 25% Nitric Oxide. An upper limit is MON40, 40% by weight).
- 5. Inhibited Red Fuming Nitric Acid (IRFNA) (CAS 8007 58 7);
- 6. Compounds composed of fluorine and one or more of other halogens, oxygen or nitrogen;
  
  Note:
  Item 6-4.C.4.a.6. does not control Nitrogen Trifluoride (NF₃) (CAS 7783-54-2) in a gaseous state as it is not usable for missile applications.
Oxidiser substances usable in solid propellant rocket motors as follows:
- 1. Ammonium perchlorate (AP) (CAS 7790-98-9);
- 2. Ammonium dinitramide (ADN) (CAS 140456-78-6);
- 3. Nitro-amines (cyclotetramethylene - tetranitramine (HMX) (CAS 2691-41-0); cyclotrimethylene - trinitramine (RDX) (CAS 121-82-4));
- 4. Hydrazinium nitroformate (HNF) (CAS 20773-28-8).
- 5. 2,4,6,8,10,12-Hexanitrohexaazaisowurtzitane (CL-20) (CAS 135285-90-4).

6-4.C.5. Polymeric substances, as follows:

Carboxy - terminated polybutadiene (including carboxyl - terminated polybutadiene) (CTPB);
Hydroxy - terminated polybutadiene (including hydroxyl - terminated polybutadiene) (HTPB) (CAS 69102-90-5);;
Glycidyl azide polymer (GAP), including hydroxyl - terminated GAP;
Polybutadiene - Acrylic Acid (PBAA);
Polybutadiene - Acrylic Acid - Acrylonitrile (PBAN) (CAS 25265-19-4 / CAS 68891-50-9);
Polytetrahydrofuran polyethylene glycol (TPEG).
Technical Note:
Polytetrahydrofuran polyethylene glycol (TPEG) is a block co-polymer of poly 1,4-Butanediol (CAS 110-63-4) and polyethylene glycol (PEG) (CAS 25322-68-3).
Polyglycidyl nitrate (PGN or poly-GLYN) (CAS 27814-48-8).

6-4.C.6. Other propellant additives and agents as follows:

Bonding agents as follows:
- 1. Tris (1-(2-methyl)aziridinyl) phosphine oxide (MAPO) (CAS 57-39-6);
- 2. 1,1’,1”-trimesoyl-tris(2-ethylaziridine) (HX-868, BITA) (CAS 7722-73-8);
- 3. Tepanol (HX-878), reaction product of tetraethlylene-pentamine, acrylonitrile and glycidol (CAS 68412-46-4);
- 4. Tepan (HX-879), reaction product of tetraethlylene-pentamine and acrylonitrile (CAS 68412-45-3);
- 5. Polyfunctional aziridine amides with isophthalic, trimesic, isocyanuric, or trimethyladipic backbone also having a 2-methyl or 2-ethyl aziridine group;
  Note:
  Item 6-4.C.6.a.5. includes:
  - 1. 1,1’-Isophthaloyl-bis(2-methylaziridine) (HX-752) (CAS 7652-64-4);
  - 2. 2,4,6-tris(2-ethyl-1-aziridinyl)-1,3,5-triazine (HX-874) (CAS 18924-91-9);
  - 3. 1,1’-trimethyladipoylbis(2-ethylaziridine) (HX-877) (CAS 71463-62-2).
Curing reaction catalysts as follows:
Triphenyl bismuth (TPB) (CAS 603-33-8);
Burning rate modifiers as follows:
- 1. Carboranes, decaboranes, pentaboranes and derivatives thereof;
- 2. Ferrocene derivatives, as follows:
  - Catocene (CAS 37206-42-1);
  - Ethyl ferrocene (CAS 1273-89-8);
  - n-Propyl ferrocene (CAS 1273-92-3) / iso-propyl ferrocene (CAS 12126-81-7);
  - n-Butyl ferrocene (CAS 31904-29-7);
  - Pentyl ferrocene (CAS 1274-00-6);
  - Dicyclopentyl ferrocene (CAS 125861-17-8);
  - Dicyclohexyl ferrocene;
  - Diethyl ferrocene (CAS 1273-97-8);
  - Dipropyl ferrocene;
  - Dibutyl ferrocene (CAS 1274-08-4);
  - Dihexyl ferrocene (CAS 93894-59-8);
  - Acetyl ferrocene (CAS 1271-55-2) / 1,1'-diacetyl ferrocene (CAS 1273-94-5);
  - Ferrocene carboxylic acid (CAS 1271-42-7) / 1,1’-Ferrocenedicarboxylic acid (CAS 1293-87-4);
  - Butacene (CAS 125856-62-4);
  - Other ferrocene derivatives usable as rocket propellant burning rate modifiers;
    Note:
    Item 6-4.C.6.c.2.o does not control ferrocene derivatives that contain a six carbon aromatic functional group attached to the ferrocene molecule.
Esters and plasticisers as follows:
- 1. Triethylene glycol dinitrate (TEGDN) (CAS 111-22-8);
- 2. Trimethylolethane trinitrate (TMETN) (CAS 3032-55-1);
- 3. 1,2,4-butanetriol trinitrate (BTTN) (CAS 6659-60-5);
- 4. Diethylene glycol dinitrate (DEGDN) (CAS 693-21-0);
- 5. 4,5 diazidomethyl-2-methyl-1,2,3-triazole (iso- DAMTR);
- 6. Nitratoethylnitramine (NENA) based plasticisers, as follows:
  - Methyl-NENA (CAS 17096-47-8);
  - Ethyl-NENA (CAS 85068-73-1);
  - Butyl-NENA (CAS 82486-82-6);
- 7. Dinitropropyl based plasticisers, as follows:
  - Bis (2,2-dinitropropyl) acetal (BDNPA) (CAS 5108-69-0);
  - Bis (2,2-dinitropropyl) formal (BDNPF) (CAS 5917-61-3);
Stabilisers as follows:
- 1. 2-Nitrodiphenylamine (CAS 119-75-5);
- 2. N-methyl-p-nitroaniline (CAS 100-15-2).

6-4.C.7. ‘Gel propellants’ specifically formulated for use in the systems specified in 6 1.A., 6-19.A.1. or 6-19.A.2.

Technical Note:
A ‘gel propellant’ is a fuel or oxidiser formulation using a gellant such as silicates, kaolin (clay), carbon or any polymeric gellant.
Technical Note:
Substance groupings in Item 6-4.C. (e.g. fuels, oxidisers, etc.) describe typical applications of propellant substances. A substance remains specified by Item 4.C. even when used in an application other than the typical one indicated by its grouping (e.g. hydrazinium perchlorate (CAS 27978-54-7) is grouped as a fuel but can also be used as an oxidiser).

6-4.D. Software

1. “Software” specially designed or modified for the operation or maintenance of equipment specified in 6-4.B. for the “production” and handling of materials specified in 6-4.C.

6-4.E. Technology

1. “Technology”, in accordance with the General Technology Note, for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment or materials specified in 6-4.B. and 6-4.C.

6-5. Reserved for Future Use

6-6. Production of Structural Composites, Pyrolytic Deposition, Densification, and Structural Materials

6-6.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

1. Composite structures, laminates, and manufactures thereof, specially designed for use in the systems specified in 6-1.A., 6-19.A.1. or 6-19.A.2. and the subsystems specified in 6-2.A. or 6-20.A.
2. Resaturated pyrolised (i.e. carbon-carbon) components having all of the following:
- Designed for rocket systems; and
- Usable in the systems specified in 6-1.A. or 6-19.A.1.

6-6.B. Test and Production Equipment

1. Equipment for the “production” of structural composites, fibres, prepregs or preforms, usable in the systems specified in 6-1.A., 6-19.A.1. or 6-19.A.2. as follows, and specially designed components, and accessories therefor:
- Filament winding machines or ‘fibre/tow placement machines’, of which the motions for positioning, wrapping and winding fibres can be co-ordinated and programmed in three or more axes, designed to fabricate composite structures or laminates from fibrous or filamentary materials, and co-ordinating and programming controls;
- ‘Tape-laying machines’ of which the motions for positioning and laying tape can be co-ordinated and programmed in two or more axes, designed for the manufacture of composite airframes and missile structures;
  Note:
  For the purposes of 6-6.B.1.a. and 6-6.B.1.b., the following definitions apply:
  1. A ‘filament band’ is a single continuous width of fully or partially resin-impregnated tape, tow, or fibre. Fully or partially resin-impregnated ‘filament bands’ include those coated with dry powder that tacks upon heating.
  2. ‘Fibre/tow-placement machines’ and ‘tape-laying machines’ are machines that perform similar processes that use computer-guided heads to lay one or several ‘filament bands’ onto a mold to create a part or a structure. These machines have the ability to cut and restart individual ‘filament band’ courses during the laying process.
  3. ‘Fibre/tow-placement machines’ have the ability to place one or more ‘filament bands’ having widths less than or equal to 25.4 mm. This refers to the minimum width of material the machine can place, regardless of the upper capability of the machine.
  4. ‘Tape-laying machines’ have the ability to place one or more ‘filament bands’ having widths less than or equal to 304.8 mm, but cannot place ‘filaments bands’ with a width equal to or less than 25.4 mm. This refers to the minimum width of material the machine can place, regardless of the upper capability of the machine.
- Multi-directional, multi-dimensional weaving machines or interlacing machines, including adapters and modification kits for weaving, interlacing or braiding fibres to manufacture composite structures;
  Note:
  6-6.B.1.c. does not control textile machinery not modified for the end-uses stated.
- Equipment designed or modified for the production of fibrous or filamentary materials as follows:
  - 1. Equipment for converting polymeric fibres (such as polyacrylonitrile, rayon, or polycarbosilane) including special provision to strain the fibre during heating;
  - 2. Equipment for the vapour deposition of elements or compounds on heated filament substrates;
  - 3. Equipment for the wet-spinning of refractory ceramics (such as aluminium oxide);
- Equipment designed or modified for special fibre surface treatment or for producing prepregs and preforms, including rollers, tension stretchers, coating equipment, cutting equipment and clicker dies.
Note:
Examples of components and accessories for the machines specified in 6-6.B.1. are moulds, mandrels, dies, fixtures and tooling for the preform pressing, curing, casting, sintering or bonding of composite structures, laminates and manufactures thereof.
2. Nozzles specially designed for the processes referred to in 6-6.E.3.
3. Isostatic presses having all of the following characteristics:
- Maximum working pressure equal to or greater than 69 MPa;
- Designed to achieve and maintain a controlled thermal environment of 600° C or greater; and
- Possessing a chamber cavity with an inside diameter of 254 mm or greater.
4. Chemical vapour deposition furnaces designed or modified for the densification of carbon-carbon composites.
5. Equipment and process controls, other than those specified in 6-6.B.3. or 6-6.B.4., designed or modified for densification and pyrolysis of structural composite rocket nozzles and re-entry vehicle nose tips.

6-6.C. Materials

1. Resin impregnated fibre prepregs and metal coated fibre preforms, for the goods specified in 6-6.A.1., made either with organic matrix or metal matrix utilising fibrous or filamentary reinforcements having a specific tensile strength greater than 7.62 x 10⁴ m and a specific modulus greater than 3.18 x 10⁶m.
Note:
The only resin impregnated fibre prepregs specified in 6-6.C.1. are those using resins with a glass transition temperature (Tg), after cure, exceeding 145° C as determined by ASTM D4065 or national equivalents.
Technical Notes:
- 1. In Item 6-6.C.1. ‘specific tensile strength’ is the ultimate tensile strength in N/m² divided by the specific weight in N/m³, measured at a temperature of (296 ± 2)K ((23 ± 2)° C) and a relative humidity of (50 ± 5)%.
- 2. In Item 6-6.C.1. ‘specific modulus’ is the Young’s modulus in N/m² divided by the specific weight in N/m³, measured at a temperature of (296 ± 2)K ((23 ± 2)° C) and a relative humidity of (50 ± 5)%.
2. Resaturated pyrolised (i.e. carbon-carbon) materials having all of the following:
- Designed for rocket systems; and
- Usable in the systems specified in 6-1.A. or 6-19.A.1.
3. Fine grain graphites with a bulk density of at least 1.72 g/cc measured at 15º C and having a grain size of 100 x 10^-6m (100 μm) or less, usable for rocket nozzles and re-entry vehicle nose tips, which can be machined to any of the following products:
- Cylinders having a diameter of 120 mm or greater and a length of 50 mm or greater;
- Tubes having an inner diameter of 65 mm or greater and a wall thickness of 25 mm or greater and a length of 50 mm or greater; or
- Blocks having a size of 120 mm x 120 mm x 50 mm or greater.
4. Pyrolytic or fibrous reinforced graphites usable for rocket nozzles and re-entry vehicle nose tips usable in systems specified in 6-1.A. or 6-19.A.1.
5. Ceramic composite materials (dielectric constant less than 6 at any frequency from 100 MHz to 100 GHz) for use in missile radomes usable in systems specified in 6-1.A. or 6-19.A.1.
6. High-temperature ceramic materials as follows:
- Bulk machinable silicon-carbide reinforced unfired ceramic usable for nose tips usable in systems specified in 6-1.A. or 6-19.A.1.;
- Reinforced silicon-carbide ceramic composites usable for nose tips, re-entry vehicles, nozzle flaps, usable in systems specified in 6-1.A. or 6-19.A.1.
- Bulk machinable ceramic composite materials consisting of an ‘Ultra High Temperature Ceramic (UHTC)’ matrix with a melting point equal to or greater than 3,000° C and reinforced with fibres or filaments, usable for missile components (such as nose-tips, re-entry vehicles, leading edges, jet vanes, control surfaces or rocket motor throat inserts) in the systems specified in 6-1.A., 6-19.A.1. or 6-19.A.2.
  Note:
  Item 6-6.C.6.c. does not control ‘Ultra High Temperature Ceramic (UHTC)’ materials in non-composite form.
  Technical Note:
  ‘Ultra High Temperature Ceramics (UHTC)’ includes:
  - 1. Titanium diboride (TiB2);
  - 2. Zirconium diboride (ZrB2);
  - 3. Niobium diboride (NbB2);
  - 4. Hafnium diboride (HfB2);
  - 5. Tantalum diboride (TaB2);
  - 6. Titanium carbide (TiC);
  - 7. Zirconium carbide (ZrC);
  - 8. Niobium carbide (NbC);
  - 9. Hafnium carbide (HfC);
  - 10. Tantalum carbide (TaC).
7. Materials for the fabrication of missile components in the systems specified in 6-1.A., 6-19.A.1. or 6-19.A.2, as follows:
- Tungsten and alloys in particulate form with a tungsten content of 97% by weight or more and a particle size of 50 x 10^-6 m (50 μ m) or less;
- Molybdenum and alloys in particulate form with a molybdenum content of 97% by weight or more and a particle size of 50 x 10^-6 m (50 μ m) or less;
- Tungsten materials in the solid form having all of the following:
  - 1. Any of the following material compositions:
    - Tungsten and alloys containing 97% by weight or more of tungsten;
    - Copper infiltrated tungsten containing 80% by weight or more of tungsten; or
    - Silver infiltrated tungsten containing 80% by weight or more of tungsten; and
  - 2. Able to be machined to any of the following products:
    - Cylinders having a diameter of 120 mm or greater and a length of 50 mm or greater;
    - Tubes having an inner diameter of 65 mm or greater and a wall thickness of 25 mm or greater and a length of 50 mm or greater; or
    - Blocks having a size of 120 mm x 120 mm x 50 mm or greater.
8. Maraging steels, usable in the systems specified in 6-1.A. or 6-19.A.1., having all of the following:
- Having an ultimate tensile strength, measured at 20° C, equal to or greater than:
  - 1. 0.9 GPa in the solution annealed stage; or
  - 2. 1.5 GPa in the precipitation hardened stage; and
- Any of the following forms:
  - 1. Sheet, plate or tubing with a wall or plate thickness equal to or less than 5.0 mm; or
  - 2. Tubular forms with a wall thickness equal to or less than 50 mm and having an inner diameter equal to or greater than 270 mm.
Technical Note:
Maraging steels are iron alloys:
- Generally characterised by high nickel, very low carbon content and use substitutional elements or precipitates to produce strengthening and age-hardening of the alloy; and
- Subjected to heat treatment cycles to facilitate the martensitic transformation process (solution annealed stage) and subsequently age hardened (precipitation hardened stage).
9. Titanium-stabilized duplex stainless steel (Ti-DSS) usable in the systems specified in 6-1.A. or 6-19.A.1. and having all of the following:
- Having all of the following characteristics:
  - 1. Containing 17.0 - 23.0% by weight of chromium and 4.5 - 7.0% by weight of nickel;
  - 2. Having a titanium content of greater than 0.10% by weight; and
  - 3. A ferritic-austenitic microstructure (also referred to as a two-phase microstructure) of which at least 10% by volume (according to ASTM E-1181-87 or national equivalents) is austenite; and
- Any of the following forms:
  - 1. Ingots or bars having a size of 100 mm or more in each dimension;
  - 2. Sheets having a width of 600 mm or more and a thickness of 3 mm or less; or
  - 3. Tubes having an outer diameter of 600 mm or more and a wall thickness of 3 mm or less.

6-6.D. Software

1. “Software” specially designed or modified for the operation or maintenance of equipment specified in 6-6.B.1.
2. “Software” specially designed or modified for the equipment specified in 6-6.B.3., 6-6.B.4. or 6-6.B.5.

6-6.E. Technology

1. “Technology”, in accordance with the General Technology Note, for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment, materials or “software” specified in 6-6.A., 6-6.B., 6-6.C. or 6-6.D.
2. “Technical data” (including processing conditions) and procedures for the regulation of temperature, pressures or atmosphere in autoclaves or hydroclaves when used for the production of composites or partially processed composites, usable for equipment or materials specified in 6-6.A. or 6-6.C.
3. “Technology” for the “production” of pyrolytically derived materials formed on a mould, mandrel or other substrate from precursor gases which decompose in the 1,300° C to 2,900° C temperature range at pressures of 130 Pa (1 mm Hg) to 20 kPa (150 mm Hg) including “technology” for the composition of precursor gases, flow rates, and process control schedules and parameters.

6-7. Reserved for Future Use

6-8. Reserved for Future Use

6-9. Instrumentation, Navigation and Direction Finding

6-9.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

1. Integrated flight instrument systems which include gyrostabilisers or automatic pilots, designed or modified for use in the systems specified in 6-1.A., 6-19.A.1. or 6-19.A.2. and specially designed components therefor.
2. Gyro-astro compasses and other devices which derive position or orientation by means of automatically tracking celestial bodies or satellites, and specially designed components therefor.
3. Linear accelerometers, designed for use in inertial navigation systems or in guidance systems of all types, usable in the systems specified in 6-1.A., 6-19.A.1. or 6-19.A.2., having all of the following characteristics, and specially designed components therefor:
- ‘Scale factor’ ‘repeatability’ less (better) than 1,250 ppm; and
- ‘Bias’ ‘repeatability’ less (better) than 1,250 micro g.
Note:
Item 6-9.A.3. does not control accelerometers specially designed and developed as Measurement While Drilling (MWD) sensors for use in downhole well service operations.
Technical Notes:
- 1. ‘Bias’ is defined as the accelerometer output when no acceleration is applied.
- 2. ‘Scale factor’ is defined as the ratio of change in output to a change in the input.
- 3. The measurement of ‘bias’ and ‘scale factor’ refers to one sigma standard deviation with respect to a fixed calibration over a period of one year.
- 4. ‘Repeatability’ is defined according to IEEE Standard for Inertial Sensor Terminology 528-2001 in the Definitions section paragraph 2.214 titled repeatability (gyro, accelerometer) as follows:
  ‘The closeness of agreement among repeated measurements of the same variable under the same operating conditions when changes in conditions or non-operating periods occur between measurements.’
4. All types of gyros usable in the systems specified in 6-1.A., 6-19.A.1 or 6-19.A.2., with a rated ‘drift rate’ ‘stability’ of less than 0.5 degrees (1 sigma or rms) per hour in a 1 g environment, and specially designed components therefor.
Technical Notes:
- 1. ‘Drift rate’ is defined as the component of gyro output that is functionally independent of input rotation and is expressed as an angular rate. (IEEE STD 528-2001 paragraph 2.56)
- 2. ‘Stability’ is defined as a measure of the ability of a specific mechanism or performance coefficient to remain invariant when continuously exposed to a fixed operating condition. (This definition does not refer to dynamic or servo stability.) (IEEE STD 528-2001 paragraph 2.247)
5. Accelerometers or gyros of any type, designed for use in inertial navigation systems or in guidance systems of all types, specified to function at acceleration levels greater than 100 g, and specially designed components therefor.
Note:
6-9.A.5. does not include accelerometers that are designed to measure vibration or shock.
6. ‘Inertial measurement equipment or systems’ using accelerometers specified in 6 9.A.3. or 6 9.A.5. or gyros specified in 6-9.A.4. or 6-9.A.5., and specially designed components therefor.
Note:
Item 6-9.A.6. includes:
- Attitude and Heading Reference Systems (AHRSs);
- Gyrocompasses;
- Inertial Measurement Units (IMUs);
- Inertial Navigation Systems (INSs);
- Inertial Reference Systems (IRSs);
- Inertial Reference Units (IRUs).
Technical Note:
‘Inertial measurement equipment or systems’ specified in Item 6-9.A.6. incorporate accelerometers or gyros to measure changes in velocity and orientation in order to determine or maintain heading or position without requiring an external reference once aligned.
7. ‘Integrated navigation systems’, designed or modified for the systems specified in 6-1.A., 6-19.A.1. or 6-19.A.2. and capable of providing a navigational accuracy of 200 m CEP or less.
Technical Note:
An ‘integrated navigation system’ typically incorporates all of the following components:
- An inertial measurement device (e.g. an attitude and heading reference system, inertial reference unit, or inertial navigation system);
- One or more external sensors used to update the position and/or velocity, either periodically or continuously throughout the flight (e.g. satellite navigation receiver, radar altimeter, and/or Doppler radar); and
- Integration hardware and software.
N.B. :
For integration “software”, see Item 6-9.D.4.
8. Three axis magnetic heading sensors having all of the following characteristics, and specially designed components therefor:
- Internal tilt compensation in pitch (+/-90 degrees) and roll (+/-180 degrees) axes;
- Azimuthal accuracy better (less) than 0.5 degrees rms at latitudes of +/-80 degrees, referenced to local magnetic field; and
- Designed or modified to be integrated with flight control and navigation systems.
Note:
Flight control and navigation systems in Item 6-9.A.8. include gyrostabilisers, automatic pilots and inertial navigation systems.

6-9.B. Test and Production Equipment

1. “Production equipment”, and other test, calibration and alignment equipment, other than that described in 6-9.B.2., designed or modified to be used with equipment specified in 6-9.A.
Note:
Equipment specified in 6-9.B.1. includes the following:
- For laser gyro equipment, the following equipment used to characterise mirrors, having the threshold accuracy shown or better:
  - 1. Scatterometer (10 ppm);
  - 2. Reflectometer (50 ppm);
  - 3. Profilometer (5 Angstroms);
- For other inertial equipment:
  - 1. Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) Module Tester;
  - 2. IMU Platform Tester;
  - 3. IMU Stable Element Handling Fixture;
  - 4. IMU Platform Balance Fixture;
  - 5. Gyro Tuning Test Station;
  - 6. Gyro Dynamic Balance Station;
  - 7. Gyro Run-In/Motor Test Station;
  - 8. Gyro Evacuation and Filling Station;
  - 9. Centrifuge Fixture for Gyro Bearings;
  - 10. Accelerometer Axis Align Station;
  - 11. Accelerometer Test Station.
  - 12. Fibre Optic Gyro Coil Winding Machines.
2. Equipment as follows:
- Balancing machines having all of the following characteristics:
  - 1. Not capable of balancing rotors/assemblies having a mass greater than 3kg;
  - 2. Capable of balancing rotors/assemblies at speeds greater than 12,500 rpm;
  - 3. Capable of correcting unbalance in two planes or more; and
  - 4. Capable of balancing to a residual specific unbalance of 0.2 g mm per kg of rotor mass;
- Indicator heads (sometimes known as balancing instrumentation) designed or modified for use with machines specified in 6-9.B.2.a.;
- Motion simulators/rate tables (equipment capable of simulating motion) having all of the following characteristics:
  - 1. Two or more axes;
  - 2. Designed or modified to incorporate sliprings or integrated non-contact devices capable of transferring electrical power, signal information, or both; and
  - 3. Having any of the following characteristics:
    - For any single axis having all of the following:
      - 1. Capable of rates of 400 degrees/s or more, or 30 degrees/s or less; and
      - 2. A rate resolution equal to or less than 6 degrees/s and an accuracy equal to or less than 0.6 degrees/s;
    - Having a worst-case rate stability equal to or better (less) than plus or minus 0.05% averaged over 10 degrees or more; or
    - A positioning “accuracy” equal to or less (better) than 5 arc second;
- Positioning tables (equipment capable of precise rotary positioning in any axes) having all of the following characteristics:
  - 1. Two or more axes; and
  - 2. A positioning “accuracy” equal to or less (better) than 5 arc second;
- Centrifuges capable of imparting accelerations greater than 100 g and designed or modified to incorporate sliprings or integrated non-contact devices capable of transferring electrical power, signal information, or both.
Notes:
- 1. The only balancing machines, indicator heads, motion simulators, rate tables, positioning tables and centrifuges specified in Item 6-9. are those specified in 6-9.B.2.
- 2. 6-9.B.2.a. does not control balancing machines designed or modified for dental or other medical equipment.
- 3. 6-9.B.2.c. and 6-9.B.2.d. do not control rotary tables designed or modified for machine tools or for medical equipment.
- 4. Rate tables not controlled by 6-9.B.2.c. and providing the characteristics of a positioning table are to be evaluated according to 6-9.B.2.d.
- 5. Equipment that has the characteristics specified in 6-9.B.2.d. which also meets the characteristics of 6-9.B.2.c. will be treated as equipment specified in 6-9.B.2.c.
- 6. Item 6-9.B.2.c. applies whether or not sliprings or integrated non-contact devices are fitted at the time of export.
- 7. Item 6-9.B.2.e. applies whether or not sliprings or integrated non-contact devices are fitted at the time of export.

6-9.C. Materials

None

6-9.D. Software

1. “Software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of equipment specified in 6-9.A. or 6-9.B.
2. Integration “software” for the equipment specified in 6-9.A.1.
3. Integration “software” specially designed for the equipment specified in 6-9.A.6.
4. Integration “software”, designed or modified for the ‘integrated navigation systems’ specified in 6-9.A.7.
Note:
A common form of integration “software” employs Kalman filtering.

6-9.E. Technology

1. “Technology”, in accordance with the General Technology Note, for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment or “software” specified in 6-9.A., 6-9.B. or 6-9.D.
Note:
Governments may permit the export of equipment or “software” specified in 6-9.A. or 6-9.D. as part of a manned aircraft, satellite, land vehicle, marine/submarine vessel or geophysical survey equipment or in quantities appropriate for replacement parts for such applications.

6-10. Flight Control

6-10.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

1. Pneumatic, hydraulic, mechanical, electro-optical, or electromechanical flight control systems (including fly-by-wire and fly-by-light systems) designed or modified for the systems specified in 6-1.A.
2. Attitude control equipment designed or modified for the systems specified in 6-1.A.
3. Flight control servo valves designed or modified for the systems in 6-10.A.1. or 6-10.A.2., and designed or modified to operate in a vibration environment greater than 10 g rms between 20 Hz and 2 kHz.

Note:

1. Governments may permit the export of systems, equipment or valves specified in 6-10.A. as part of a manned aircraft or satellite or in quantities appropriate for replacement parts for manned aircraft.

2. For conversion of manned aircraft to operate as unmanned aerial vehicles specified in 6-1.A.2., Item 6-10.A. includes the systems, equipment and valves designed or modified to enable operation of manned aircraft as unmanned aerial vehicles.

6-10.B. Test and Production Equipment

1. Test, calibration, and alignment equipment specially designed for equipment specified in 6-10.A.

6-10.C. Materials

None

6-10.D. Software

1. “Software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of equipment specified in 6-10.A. or 6-10.B.

Note:

Governments may permit the export of “software” specified in 6-10.D.1. as part of a manned aircraft or satellite or in quantities appropriate for replacement parts for manned aircraft.

6-10.E. Technology

1. Design “technology” for integration of air vehicle fuselage, propulsion system and lifting control surfaces, designed or modified for the systems specified in 6-1.A.2. or 6-19.A.2., to optimise aerodynamic performance throughout the flight regime of an unmanned aerial vehicle.
2. Design “technology” for integration of the flight control, guidance, and propulsion data into a flight management system, designed or modified for the systems specified in 6-1.A.1. or 6-19.A.1., for optimisation of rocket system trajectory.
3. “Technology”, in accordance with the General Technology Note, for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment or “software” specified in 6-10.A., 6-10.B. or 6-10.D.

6-11. Avionics

6-11.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

1. Radar and laser radar systems, including altimeters, designed or modified for use in the systems specified in 6-1.A.
Technical Note:
Laser radar systems embody specialised transmission, scanning, receiving and signal processing techniques for utilisation of lasers for echo ranging, direction finding and discrimination of targets by location, radial speed and body reflection characteristics.
2. Passive sensors for determining bearings to specific electromagnetic sources (direction finding equipment) or terrain characteristics, designed or modified for use in the systems specified in 6-1.A.
3. Receiving equipment for ‘navigation satellite systems’, having any of the following characteristics, and specially designed components therefor:
- Designed or modified for use in systems specified in 6-1.A.; or
- Designed or modified for airborne applications and having any of the following:
  - 1. Capable of providing navigation information at speeds in excess of 600 m/s;
  - 2. Employing decryption, designed or modified for military or governmental services, to gain access to a ‘navigation satellite system’ secure signal/data; or
  - 3. Being specially designed to employ anti-jam features (e.g. null steering antenna or electronically steerable antenna) to function in an environment of active or passive countermeasures.
Note:
6-11.A.3.b.2. and 6-11.A.3.b.3. do not control equipment designed for commercial, civil or ‘Safety of Life’ (e.g. data integrity, flight safety) ‘navigation satellite system’ services.
Technical Note:
In Item 6-11.A.3., ‘navigation satellite system’ includes Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS; e.g. GPS, GLONASS, Galileo or BeiDou) and Regional Navigation Satellite Systems (RNSS; e.g. NavIC, QZSS).
4. Electronic assemblies and components, designed or modified for use in the systems specified in 6-1.A. or 6-19.A. and specially designed for military use and operation at temperatures in excess of 125° C.

Note:
- 1. Equipment specified in 6-11.A.1., 6-11.A.2., 6-11.A.3. and 6-11.A.4. includes the following:
  - Terrain contour mapping equipment;
  - Scene mapping and correlation (both digital and analogue) equipment;
  - Doppler navigation radar equipment;
  - Passive interferometer equipment;
  - Imaging sensor equipment (both active and passive).
5. Umbilical and interstage electrical connectors specially designed for systems specified in 6-1.A.1. or 6-19.A.1.

Technical Note:
Interstage connectors referred to in 6-11.A.5. also include electrical connectors installed between systems specified in 6-1.A.1. or 6-19.A.1. and their “payload”.
Note:
Governments may permit the export of equipment specified in 6-11.A. as part of a manned aircraft or satellite or in quantities appropriate for replacement parts for manned aircraft.

6-11.B. Test and Production Equipment

None

6-11.C. Materials

None

6-11.D. Software

1. “Software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of equipment specified in 6-11.A.1., 6-11.A.2. or 6-11.A.4.
2. “Software” specially designed for the “use” of equipment specified in 6-11.A.3.

6-11.E. Technology

1. Design “technology” for protection of avionics and electrical subsystems against Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP) and Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) hazards from external sources, as follows:
- Design “technology” for shielding systems;
- Design “technology” for the configuration of hardened electrical circuits and subsystems;
- Design “technology” for determination of hardening criteria for the above.
2. “Technology”, in accordance with the General Technology Note, for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment or “software” specified in 6-11.A. or 6-11.D.

6-12. Launch Support

6-12.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

1. Apparatus and devices designed or modified for the handling, control, activation and launching of the systems specified in 6-1.A., 6-19.A.1., or 6-19.A.2.
2. Vehicles designed or modified for the transport, handling, control, activation and launching of the systems specified in 6-1.A.
3. Gravity meters (gravimeters) or gravity gradiometers, designed or modified for airborne or marine use, usable for systems specified in 6-1.A., as follows, and specially designed components therefor:
- Gravity meters having all of the following characteristics:
  - 1. A static or operational accuracy equal to or less (better) than 0.7 milligal (mgal); and
  - 2. A ‘time to steady-state registration’ of two minutes or less;
    Technical Note:
    In Item 6-12.A.3.a.2., ‘time to steady-state registration’ (also referred to as the gravity meter’s response time) is the time over which the disturbing effects of platform-induced acceleration (high frequency noise) are reduced.
- Gravity gradiometers
4. Telemetry and telecontrol equipment, including ground equipment, designed or modified for systems specified in 6-1.A., 6-19.A.1. or 6-19.A.2.
Notes:
- 1. 6-12.A.4. does not control equipment designed or modified for manned aircraft or satellites.
- 2. 6-12.A.4. does not control ground based equipment designed or modified for terrestrial or marine applications.
- 3. 6-12.A.4. does not control equipment designed for commercial, civil or ‘Safety of Life’ (e.g., data integrity, flight safety) GNSS services.
5. Precision tracking systems, usable for systems specified in 6-1.A., 6-19.A.1. or 6-19.A.2. as follows:
- Tracking systems which use a code translator installed on the rocket or unmanned aerial vehicle in conjunction with either surface or airborne references or navigation satellite systems to provide real-time measurements of inflight position and velocity;
- Range instrumentation radars including associated optical/infrared trackers with all of the following capabilities:
  - 1. Angular resolution better than 1.5 mrad;
  - 2. Range of 30 km or greater with a range resolution better than 10 m rms; and
  - 3. Velocity resolution better than 3 m/s.
6. Thermal batteries designed or modified for the systems specified in 6-1.A., 6-19.A.1. or 6-19.A.2.
Note:
Item 6-12.A.6. does not control thermal batteries specially designed for rocket systems or unmanned aerial vehicles that are not capable of a “range” equal to or greater than 300 km.
Technical Note:
Thermal batteries are single use batteries that contain a solid non-conducting inorganic salt as the electrolyte. These batteries incorporate a pyrolytic material that, when ignited, melts the electrolyte and activates the battery.

6-12.B. Test and Production Equipment

None

6-12.C. Materials

None

6-12.D. Software

1. “Software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of equipment specified in 6-12.A.1.
2. “Software” which processes post-flight, recorded data, enabling determination of vehicle position throughout its flight path, specially designed or modified for systems specified in 6-1.A., 6-19.A.1. or 6-19.A.2.
3. “Software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of equipment specified in 6-12.A.4. or 6-12.A.5., usable for systems specified in 6-1.A., 6-19.A.1. or 6-19.A.2.

6-12.E. Technology

1. “Technology”, in accordance with the General Technology Note, for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment or “software” specified in 6-12.A. or 6-12.D.

6-13. Computers

6-13.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

1. Analogue computers, digital computers or digital differential analysers, designed or modified for use in the systems specified in 6-1.A., having any of the following characteristics:
- Rated for continuous operation at temperatures from below –45° C to above +55° C; or
- Designed as ruggedised or “radiation hardened”.

6-13.B. Test and Production Equipment

None

6-13.C. Materials

None

6-13.D. Software

None

6-13.E. Technology

1. “Technology”, in accordance with the General Technology Note, for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment specified in 6-13.A.

Note:

Governments may permit the export of Item 6-13. equipment as part of a manned aircraft or satellite or in quantities appropriate for replacement parts for manned aircraft.

6-14. Analogue-to-Digital Converters

6-14.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

1. Analogue-to-digital converters, usable in the systems specified in 6-1.A., having any of the following characteristics:
- Designed to meet military specifications for ruggedised equipment; or
- Designed or modified for military use and being any of the following types:
  - 1. Analogue-to-digital converter “microcircuits”, which are “radiation-hardened” or have all of the following characteristics:
    - Rated for operation in the temperature range from below -54° C to above +125° C; and
    - Hermetically sealed; or
  - 2. Electrical input type analogue-to-digital converter printed circuit boards or modules, having all of the following characteristics:
    - Rated for operation in the temperature range from below -45° C to above +80° C; and
    - Incorporating “microcircuits” specified in 6-14.A.1.b.1.

6-14.B. Test and Production Equipment

None

6-14.C. Materials

None

6-14.D. Software

None

6-14.E. Technology

1. “Technology”, in accordance with the General Technology Note, for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment specified in 6-14.A.

6-15. Test Facilities and Equipment

6-15.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

None

6-15.B. Test and Production Equipment

1. Vibration test equipment, usable for the systems specified in 6-1.A., 6-19.A.1. or 6-19.A.2. or the subsystems specified in 6-2.A. or 6-20.A., and components therefor, as follows:
- Vibration test systems employing feedback or closed loop techniques and incorporating a digital controller, capable of vibrating a system at an acceleration equal to or greater than 10 g rms between 20 Hz and 2 kHz while imparting forces equal to or greater than 50 kN, measured ‘bare table’;
- Digital controllers, combined with specially designed vibration test “software”, with a ‘real-time control bandwidth’ greater than 5 kHz and designed for use with vibration test systems specified in 6-15.B.1.a.;
  Technical Note:
  ‘Real-time control bandwidth’ is defined as the maximum rate at which a controller can execute complete cycles of sampling, processing data and transmitting control signals.
- Vibration thrusters (shaker units), with or without associated amplifiers, capable of imparting a force equal to or greater than 50 kN, measured ‘bare table’, and usable in vibration test systems specified in 6-15.B.1.a.;
- Test piece support structures and electronic units designed to combine multiple shaker units into a complete shaker system capable of providing an effective combined force equal to or greater than 50 kN, measured ‘bare table’, and usable in vibration test systems specified in 6-15.B.1.a.
Technical Note:
Vibration test systems incorporating a digital controller are those systems, the functions of which are, partly or entirely, automatically controlled by stored and digitally coded electrical signals.
2. ‘Aerodynamic test facilities’ for speeds of Mach 0.9 or more, usable for the systems specified in 6-1.A. or 6-19.A. or the subsystems specified in 6-2.A. or 6 -20.A.

Note:
Item 6-15.B.2 does not control wind tunnels for speeds of Mach 3 or less with dimension of the ‘test cross section size’ equal to or less than 250 mm.

Technical Notes:
1. ‘Aerodynamic test facilities’ includes wind tunnels and shock tunnels for the study of airflow over objects.
2. ‘Test cross section size’ means the diameter of the circle, or the side of the square, or the longest side of the rectangle, or the major axis of the ellipse at the largest ‘test cross section’ location. ‘Test cross section’ is the section perpendicular to the flow direction.
3. Test benches/stands, usable for the systems specified in 6-1.A., 6-19.A.1. or 6-19.A.2. or the subsystems specified in 6-2.A. or 6-20.A., which have the capacity to handle solid or liquid propellant rockets, motors or engines having a thrust greater than 68 kN, or which are capable of simultaneously measuring the three axial thrust components.
4. Environmental chambers as follows, usable for the systems specified in 6-1.A. or 6-19.A. or the subsystems specified in 6-2.A. or 6-20.A.:
- Environmental chambers having all of the following characteristics:
  - 1. Capable of simulating any of the following flight conditions:
    - Altitude equal to or greater than 15 km; or
    - Temperature range from below –50º C to above +125º C; and
  - 2. Incorporating, or designed or modified to incorporate, a shaker unit or other vibration test equipment to produce vibration environments equal to or greater than 10 g rms, measured ‘bare table’, between 20 Hz and 2 kHz while imparting forces equal to or greater than 5 kN;
    Technical Notes:
    - 1. Item 6-15.B.4.a.2. describes systems that are capable of generating a vibration environment with a single wave (e.g. a sine wave) and systems capable of generating a broad band random vibration (i.e. power spectrum).
    - 2. In Item 6-15.B.4.a.2., designed or modified means the environmental chamber provides appropriate interfaces (e.g. sealing devices) to incorporate a shaker unit or other vibration test equipment as specified in this Item.
- Environmental chambers capable of simulating all of the following flight conditions:
  - 1. Acoustic environments at an overall sound pressure level of 140 dB or greater (referenced to 2 x 10^-5 N/m²) or with a total rated acoustic power output of 4 kW or greater; and
  - 2. Any of the following:
    - Altitude equal to or greater than 15 km; or
    - Temperature range from below -50° C to above +125° C.
5. Accelerators capable of delivering electromagnetic radiation produced by bremsstrahlung from accelerated electrons of 2 MeV or greater, and equipment containing those accelerators, usable for the systems specified in 6-1.A., 6-19.A.1. or 6-19.A.2. or the subsystems specified in 6-2.A. or 6-20.A.
Note:
6-15.B.5. does not control equipment specially designed for medical purposes.
Technical Note:
In Item 6-15.B. ‘bare table’ means a flat table, or surface, with no fixture or fittings.
6. ‘Aerothermodynamic test facilities’, usable for the systems specified in 6 1.A. or 6-19.A. or the subsystems specified in 6-2.A. or 6-20.A., having any of the following characteristics:
- an electrical power supply equal to or greater than 5 MW; or
- a gas supply total pressure equal to or greater than 3 MPa.
  Technical note:
  ‘Aerothermodynamic test facilities’ include plasma arc jet facilities and plasma wind tunnels for the study of thermal and mechanical effects of airflow on objects.

6-15.C. Materials

None

6-15.D. Software

1. “Software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of equipment specified in 6-15.B. usable for testing systems specified in 6-1.A., 6-19.A.1. or 6-19.A.2. or subsystems specified in 6-2.A. or 6-20.A.

6-15.E. Technology

1. “Technology”, in accordance with the General Technology Note, for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment or “software” specified in 6-15.B. or 6-15.D.

6-16. Modelling-Simulation and Design Integration

6-16.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

1. Specially designed hybrid (combined analogue/digital) computers for modelling, simulation or design integration of systems specified in 6-1.A. or the subsystems specified in 6-2.A.
Note:
This control only applies when the equipment is supplied with “software” specified in 6-16.D.1.

6-16.B. Test and Production Equipment

None

6-16.C. Materials

None

6-16.D. Software

1. “Software” specially designed for modelling, simulation, or design integration of the systems specified in 6-1.A. or the subsystems specified in 6-2.A. or 6-20.A.
Technical Note:
The modelling includes in particular the aerodynamic and thermodynamic analysis of the systems.

6-16.E. Technology

1. “Technology”, in accordance with the General Technology Note, for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment or “software” specified in 6-16.A. or 6-16.D.

6-17. Stealth

6-17.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

1. Devices for reduced observables such as radar reflectivity, ultraviolet/infrared signatures and acoustic signatures (i.e. stealth technology), for applications usable for the systems specified in 6-1.A. or 6-19.A. or the subsystems specified in 6-2.A. or 6-20.A.

6-17.B. Test and Production Equipment

1. Systems, specially designed for radar cross section measurement, usable for the systems specified in 6-1.A., 6-19.A.1. or 6-19.A.2. or the subsystems specified in 6-2.A.

6-17.C. Materials

1. Materials for reduced observables such as radar reflectivity, ultraviolet/infrared signatures and acoustic signatures (i.e. stealth technology), for applications usable for the systems specified in 6-1.A. or 6-19.A. or the subsystems specified in 6-2.A.
Notes:
- 1. 6-17.C.1. includes structural materials and coatings (including paints), specially designed for reduced or tailored reflectivity or emissivity in the microwave, infrared or ultraviolet spectra.
- 2. 6-17.C.1. does not control coatings (including paints) when specially used for thermal control of satellites.

6-17.D. Software

1. “Software” specially designed for reduced observables such as radar reflectivity, ultraviolet/infrared signatures and acoustic signatures (i.e. stealth technology), for applications usable for the systems specified in 6-1.A. or 6-19.A. or the subsystems specified in 6-2.A.
Note:
6-17.D.1. includes “software” specially designed for analysis of signature reduction.

6-17.E. Technology

1. “Technology”, in accordance with the General Technology Note, for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment, materials or “software” specified in 6-17.A., 6-17.B., 6-17.C. or 6-17.D.
Note:
6-17.E.1. includes databases specially designed for analysis of signature reduction.

6-18. Nuclear Effects Protection

6-18.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

1. “Radiation Hardened” “microcircuits” usable in protecting rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicles against nuclear effects (e.g. Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP), X-rays, combined blast and thermal effects), and usable for the systems specified in 6-1.A.
2. ‘Detectors’ specially designed or modified to protect rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicles against nuclear effects (e.g. Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP), X-rays, combined blast and thermal effects), and usable for the systems specified in 6-1.A.
Technical Note:
A ‘detector’ is defined as a mechanical, electrical, optical or chemical device that automatically identifies and records, or registers a stimulus such as an environmental change in pressure or temperature, an electrical or electromagnetic signal or radiation from a radioactive material. This includes devices that sense by one time operation or failure.
3. Radomes designed to withstand a combined thermal shock greater than 4.184 x 10⁶ J/m² accompanied by a peak over pressure of greater than 50 kPa, usable in protecting rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicles against nuclear effects (e.g., Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP), X-rays, combined blast and thermal effects), and usable for the systems specified in 6-1.A.

6-18.B. Test and Production Equipment

None

6-18.C. Materials

None

6-18.D. Software

None

6-18.E. Technology

1. “Technology”, in accordance with the General Technology Note, for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment specified in 6-18.A.

6-19. Other Complete Delivery Systems

6-19.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

1. Complete rocket systems (including ballistic missiles, space launch vehicles, and sounding rockets), not specified in 6-1.A.1., capable of a “range” equal to or greater than 300 km.
2. Complete unmanned aerial vehicle systems (including cruise missiles, target drones and reconnaissance drones), not specified in 6-1.A.2., capable of a “range” equal to or greater than 300 km.
3. Complete unmanned aerial vehicle systems, not specified in 6-1.A.2. or 6-19.A.2., having all of the following:
- Having any of the following:
  - 1. An autonomous flight control and navigation capability; or
  - 2. Capability of controlled flight out of the direct vision range involving a human operator; and
- Having any of the following:
  - 1. Incorporating an aerosol dispensing system/mechanism with a capacity greater than 20 litres; or
  - 2. Designed or modified to incorporate an aerosol dispensing system/mechanism with a capacity greater than 20 litres.
Note:
Item 6-19.A.3. does not control model aircraft, specially designed for recreational or competition purposes.
Technical Notes:
- 1. An aerosol consists of particulate or liquids other than fuel components, by-products or additives, as part of the “payload” to be dispersed in the atmosphere. Examples of aerosols include pesticides for crop dusting and dry chemicals for cloud seeding.
- 2. An aerosol dispensing system/mechanism contains all those devices (mechanical, electrical, hydraulic, etc.), which are necessary for storage and dispersion of an aerosol into the atmosphere. This includes the possibility of aerosol injection into the combustion exhaust vapour and into the propeller slip stream.

6-19.B. Test and Production Equipment

1. “Production facilities” specially designed for the systems specified in 6-19.A.1 or 6-19.A.2.

6-19.C. Materials

None

6-19.D. Software

1. “Software” which coordinates the function of more than one subsystem, specially designed or modified for “use” in the systems specified in 6-19.A.1. or 6-19.A.2.
Note:
For a manned aircraft converted to operate as an unmanned aerial vehicle specified in 6 19.A.2., Item 6-19.D.1. includes “software”, as follows:
- “Software” specially designed or modified to integrate the conversion equipment with the aircraft system functions;
- “Software” specially designed or modified to operate the aircraft as an unmanned aerial vehicle.

6-19.E. Technology

1. “Technology”, in accordance with the General Technology Note, for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment specified in 6-19.A.1. or 6-19.A.2.

6-20. Other Complete Subsystems

6-20.A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

1. Complete subsystems as follows:
- a. Individual rocket stages, not specified in 6-2.A.1., usable in systems specified in 6-19.A.;
- b. Rocket propulsion subsystems, not specified in 6-2.A.1., usable in the systems specified in 6 19.A.1., as follows:
  - 1. Solid propellant rocket motors or hybrid rocket motors having a total impulse capacity equal to or greater than 8.41 x 10⁵ Ns, but less than 1.1 x 10⁶ Ns;
  - 2. Liquid propellant rocket engines or gel propellant rocket motors integrated, or designed or modified to be integrated, into a liquid propellant or gel propellant propulsion system which has a total impulse capacity equal to or greater than 8.41 x 10⁵ Ns, but less than 1.1 x 10⁶ Ns.

6-20.B. Test and Production Equipment

1. “Production facilities” specially designed for the subsystems specified in 6-20.A.
2. “Production equipment” specially designed for the subsystems specified in 6-20.A.

6-20.C. Materials

None

6-20.D. Software

1. “Software” specially designed or modified for the systems specified in 6-20.B.1.
2. “Software”, not specified in 6-2.D.2., specially designed or modified for the “use” of rocket motors or engines specified in 6-20.A.1.b.

6-20.E. Technology

1. “Technology”, in accordance with the General Technology Note, for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment or “software” specified in 6-20.A., 6-20.B. or 6-20.D.

Goup 6 – Definitions

For the purpose of Group 6, the following definitions apply:

“Accuracy”

Usually measured in terms of inaccuracy, means the maximum deviation, positive or negative, of an indicated value from an accepted standard or true value.

“Basic scientific research”

Experimental or theoretical work undertaken principally to acquire new knowledge of the fundamental principles of phenomena or observable facts, not primarily directed towards a specific practical aim or objective.

“Development”

Is related to all phases prior to “production” such as:

- design
- design research
- design analysis
- design concepts
- assembly and testing of prototypes
- pilot production schemes
- design data
- process of transforming design data into a product
- configuration design
- integration design
- layouts

“In the public domain”

This means “software” or “technology” which has been made available without restrictions upon its further dissemination. (Copyright restrictions do not remove “software” or “technology” from being “in the public domain”.)

“Microcircuit”

A device in which a number of passive and/or active elements are considered as indivisibly associated on or within a continuous structure to perform the function of a circuit.

“Microprograms”

A sequence of elementary instructions maintained in a special storage, the execution of which is initiated by the introduction of its reference instruction register.

“Payload”

The total mass that can be carried or delivered by the specified rocket system or unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV) system that is not used to maintain flight.

Note: The particular equipment, subsystems, or components to be included in the “payload” depends on the type and configuration of the vehicle under consideration.

Technical Notes:

1. Ballistic Missiles
- “Payload” for systems with separating re-entry vehicles (RVs) includes:
  - 1. The RVs, including:
    - Dedicated guidance, navigation, and control equipment;
    - Dedicated countermeasures equipment;
  - 2. Munitions of any type (e.g. explosive or non-explosive);
  - 3. Supporting structures and deployment mechanisms for the munitions (e.g. hardware used to attach to, or separate the RV from, the bus/post-boost vehicle) that can be removed without violating the structural integrity of the vehicle;
  - 4. Mechanisms and devices for safing, arming, fuzing or firing;
  - 5. Any other countermeasures equipment (e.g. decoys, jammers or chaff dispensers) that separate from the RV bus/post-boost vehicle;
  - 6. The bus/post-boost vehicle or attitude control/velocity trim module not including systems/subsystems essential to the operation of the other stages.
- “Payload” for systems with non-separating re-entry vehicles includes:
  - 1. Munitions of any type (e.g. explosive or non-explosive);
  - 2. Supporting structures and deployment mechanisms for the munitions that can be removed without violating the structural integrity of the vehicle;
  - 3. Mechanisms and devices for safing, arming, fuzing or firing;
  - 4. Any countermeasures equipment (e.g. decoys, jammers or chaff dispensers) that can be removed without violating the structural integrity of the vehicle.
2. Space Launch Vehicles
“Payload” includes:
- Spacecraft (single or multiple), including satellites;
- Spacecraft-to-launch vehicle adapters including, if applicable, apogee/perigee kick motors or similar manoeuvering systems and separation systems.
3. Sounding Rockets
“Payload” includes:
- Equipment required for a mission, such as data gathering, recording or transmitting devices for mission-specific data;
- Recovery equipment (e.g. parachutes) that can be removed without violating the structural integrity of the vehicle.
4. Cruise Missiles
“Payload” includes:
- Munitions of any type (e.g. explosive or non-explosive);
- Supporting structures and deployment mechanisms for the munitions that can be removed without violating the structural integrity of the vehicle;
- Mechanisms and devices for safing, arming, fuzing or firing;
- Countermeasures equipment (e.g. decoys, jammers or chaff dispensers) that can be removed without violating the structural integrity of the vehicle;
- Signature alteration equipment that can be removed without violating the structural integrity of the vehicle.
5. Other UAVs
“Payload” includes:
- Munitions of any type (e.g. explosive or non-explosive);
- Mechanisms and devices for safing, arming, fuzing or firing;
- Countermeasures equipment (e.g. decoys, jammers or chaff dispensers) that can be removed without violating the structural integrity of the vehicle;
- Signature alteration equipment that can be removed without violating the structural integrity of the vehicle;
- Equipment required for a mission such as data gathering, recording or transmitting devices for mission-specific data and supporting structures that can be removed without violating the structural integrity of the vehicle;
- Recovery equipment (e.g. parachutes) that can be removed without violating the structural integrity of the vehicle.
- Munitions supporting structures and deployment mechanisms that can be removed without violating the structural integrity of the vehicle.

“Production” Means all production phases such as:

- production engineering
- manufacture
- integration
- assembly (mounting)
- inspection
- testing
- quality assurance

“Production equipment”

Means tooling, templates, jigs, mandrels, moulds, dies, fixtures, alignment mechanisms, test equipment, other machinery and components therefor, limited to those specially designed or modified for “development” or for one or more phases of “production”.

“Production facilities”

Means “production equipment” and specially designed “software” therefor integrated into installations for “development” or for one or more phases of “production”.

“Programs”

A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or convertible into, a form executable by an electronic computer.

“Radiation hardened”

Means that the component or equipment is designed or rated to withstand radiation levels which meet or exceed a total irradiation dose of 5 x 10⁵rads (Si).

“Range”

The maximum distance that the specified rocket system or unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV) system is capable of travelling in the mode of stable flight as measured by the projection of its trajectory over the surface of the Earth.

Technical Notes:

1. The maximum capability based on the design characteristics of the system, when fully loaded with fuel or propellant, will be taken into consideration in determining “range”.
2. The “range” for both rocket systems and UAV systems will be determined independently of any external factors such as operational restrictions, limitations imposed by telemetry, data links or other external constraints.
3. For rocket systems, the “range” will be determined using the trajectory that maximises “range”, assuming ICAO standard atmosphere with zero wind.
4. For UAV systems, the “range” will be determined for a one-way distance using the most fuel-efficient flight profile (e.g. cruise speed and altitude), assuming ICAO standard atmosphere with zero wind.

“Software”

A collection of one or more “programs”, or “microprograms”, fixed in any tangible medium of expression.

“Technology”

Means specific information which is required for the “development”, “production” or “use” of a product. The information may take the form of “technical data” or “technical assistance”.

“Technical assistance” May take forms such as:

- instruction
- skills
- training
- working knowledge
- consulting services

“Technical data” May take forms such as:

- blueprints
- plans
- diagrams
- models
- formulae
- engineering designs and specifications
- manuals and instructions written or recorded on other media or devices such as:
- - disk
- - tape
- - read-only memories

“Use” Means:

- operation
- installation (including on-site installation)
- maintenance
- repair
- overhaul
- refurbishing

Group 6 – Terminology

Where the following terms appear in Group 6, they are to be understood according to the explanations below:

“Specially designed” describes equipment, parts, components, materials or “software” which, as a result of “development”, have unique properties that distinguish them for certain predetermined purposes. For example, a piece of equipment that is “specially designed” for use in a missile will only be considered so if it has no other function or use. Similarly, a piece of manufacturing equipment that is “specially designed” to produce a certain type of component will only be considered such if it is not capable of producing other types of components.
“Designed or modified” describes equipment, parts or components which, as a result of “development,” or modification, have specified properties that make them fit for a particular application. “Designed or modified” equipment, parts, components or “software” can be used for other applications. For example, a titanium coated pump designed for a missile may be used with corrosive fluids other than propellants.
“Usable in”, “usable for”, “usable as” or “capable of” describes equipment, parts, components, materials or “software” which are suitable for a particular purpose. There is no need for the equipment, parts, components or “software” to have been configured, modified or specified for the particular purpose. For example, any military specification memory circuit would be “capable of” operation in a guidance system.
“Modified” in the context of “software” describes “software” which has been intentionally changed such that it has properties that make it fit for specified purposes or applications. Its properties may also make it suitable for purposes or applications other than those for which it was “modified”.

**Units, Constants, Acronyms and Abbreviations Used in Group 6**
ABEC	Annular Bearing Engineers Committee
ABMA	American Bearing Manufactures Association
ANSI	American National Standards Institute
Angstrom	1 x 10 ^-10 metre
ASTM	American Society for Testing and Materials
bar	unit of pressure
°C	degree Celsius
cc	cubic centimetre
CAS	Chemical Abstracts Service
CEP	Circular Error Probable or Circle of Equal Probability
dB	decibel
g	gram; also, acceleration due to gravity
GHz	gigahertz
GNSS	Global Navigation Satellite System e.g. ‘BeiDou ’ ‘Galileo’ ‘GLONASS’ – Global’naya Navigatsionnaya Sputnikovaya Sistema ‘GPS’ – Global Positioning System
h	hour
Hz	hertz
HTPB	Hydroxy-Terminated Polybutadiene
ICAO	International Civil Aviation Organisation
IEEE	Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
IR	Infrared
ISO	International Organization for Standardization
J	joule
JIS	Japanese Industrial Standard
K	Kelvin
kg	kilogram
kHz	kilohertz
km	kilometre
kN	kilonewton
kPa	kilopascal
kW	kilowatt
m	metre
MeV	million electron volt or mega electron volt
MHz	megahertz
milligal	10^-5 m/s²(also called mGal, mgal or milligalileo)
mm	millimetre
mm Hg	mm of mercury
MPa	megapascal
mrad	milliradian
ms	millisecond
μm	micrometre
N	newton
Pa	pascal
ppm	parts per million
rads (Si)	radiation absorbed dose
RF	radio frequency
rms	root mean square
RNSS	Regional Navigation Satellite System e.g. ‘NavIC’ – Indian Regional Navigation Satellite System ‘QZSS’– Quasi Zenith Satellite System
rpm	revolutions per minute
RV	Re-entry Vehicles
s	second
Tg	glass transition temperature
Tyler	Tyler mesh size, or Tyler standard sieve series
UAV	Unmanned Aerial Vehicle
UV	Ultra violet

**Table of Conversions Used in Group 6**
Unit (from)	Unit (to)	Conversion
bar	pascal (Pa)	1 bar = 100 kPa
g (gravity)	m/s²	1 g = 9.80665 m/s²
mrad (millirad)	degrees (angle)	1 mrad ≈ 0.0573°
rads	ergs/gram of Si	1 rad (Si) = 100 ergs/gram of silicon (= 0.01 gray [Gy])
Tyler 250 mesh	mm	For a Tyler 250 mesh, mesh opening 0.063 mm

Group 7 - Chemical and Biological Weapons Non-Proliferation List

Notes:

1. Terms in “double quotation marks” are defined terms. Refer to “Group 7 - Definitions”.
2. In items 7-3. and 7-4. the numbers in brackets following the chemical name in each item is the Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number for that chemical as listed in the Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Handbook published by the American Chemical Society, Washington, D.C.
3. Mixtures containing any quantity of CWC Schedule 1A and 1B chemicals/precursors (Items 7-3.1. and 7-3.2.) are also controlled.
4. Mixtures containing any quantity of chemicals/precursors listed in the CWC Schedules 2A, 2B, 3A and 3B (items 7-3.3. through 7-3.6.) and Australia Group (item 7-4.) are controlled unless the listed chemical is an ingredient in a product identified as a consumer good packaged for retail sale or packaged for personal use.
5. Item 7-3. is based on the Convention on the Prohibition of the Development, Production, Stockpiling and Use of Chemical Weapons and on their Destruction. (known as the Chemical Weapons Convention or CWC.) The other items in the Group are based on the Australia Group (AG).

Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) Numbers:

Chemicals are listed by name, Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) number and CWC Schedule (where applicable). Chemicals of the same structural formula (e.g., hydrates) are controlled regardless of name or CAS number. CAS numbers are shown to assist in identifying whether a particular chemical or mixture is controlled, irrespective of nomenclature. However, CAS numbers cannot be used as unique identifiers in all situations because some forms of the listed chemical have different CAS numbers, and mixtures containing a listed chemical may also have different CAS numbers.

Dual-use Chemical Manufacturing Facilities and Equipment, Chemical Weapons and Related Software and Technology

7-1. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

None

7-2. Manufacturing Facilities and Equipment

Notes:

1. The objective of these controls should not be defeated by the transfer of any non-controlled item containing one or more controlled components where the controlled component or components are the principal element of the item and can feasibly be removed or used for other purposes.

N.B.:
In judging whether the controlled component or components are to be considered the principal element, governments should weigh the factors of quantity, value, and technological know-how involved and other special circumstances which might establish the controlled component or components as the principal element of the item being procured.
2. The objective of these controls should not be defeated by the transfer of a whole plant, on any scale, which has been designed to produce any CW agent or AG-controlled precursor chemical.
3. The materials used for gaskets, packing, seals, screws, washers or other materials performing a sealing function do not determine the status of control of the items listed below, provided that such components are designed to be interchangeable.

7-2.1. Reaction Vessels, Reactors or Agitators, Storage Tanks, Containers or Receivers, Heat Exchangers or Condensers, Distillation or Absorption Columns, Valves, Multi-walled Piping, Pumps, Filling Equipment, Incinerators and prefabricated repair assemblies as follows:

Reaction vessels or reactors, with or without agitators, with total internal (geometric) volume greater than 0.1 m³(100 l) and less than 20 m³(20,000 l), where all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed or contained are made from the following materials:
- 1. Nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
- 2. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
- 3. Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
- 4. Glass or glass-lined (including vitrified or enamelled coating);
- 5. Tantalum or tantalum alloys;
- 6. Titanium or titanium alloys;
- 7. Zirconium or zirconium alloys; or
- 8. Niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys.
  N.B.:
  For prefabricated repair assemblies and their specially designed components, see 7-2.1.k.
Agitators designed for use in the above-mentioned reaction vessels or reactors; and impellers, blades or shafts designed for such agitators, where all surfaces of the agitator that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed or contained are made from any of the following materials:
- 1. Nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
- 2. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
- 3. Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
- 4. Glass or glass-lined (including vitrified or enamelled coating);
- 5. Tantalum or tantalum alloys;
- 6. Titanium or titanium alloys;
- 7. Zirconium or zirconium alloys; or
- 8. Niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys.
  N.B.:
  For prefabricated repair assemblies and their specially designed components, see 7-2.1.l.
Storage tanks, containers or receivers, with a total internal (geometric) volume greater than 0.1 m³(100 l) where all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed or contained are made from the following materials:
- 1. Nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
- 2. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
- 3. Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
- 4. Glass or glass-lined (including vitrified or enamelled coating);
- 5. Tantalum or tantalum alloys;
- 6. Titanium or titanium alloys;
- 7. Zirconium or zirconium alloys; or
- 8. Niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys.
Heat exchangers or condensers with a heat transfer surface area of greater than 0.15 m², and less than 20 m²; and tubes, plates, coils, or blocks (cores) designed for such heat exchangers or condensers, where all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed are made from the following materials:
- 1. Nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
- 2. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
- 3. Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
- 4. Glass or glass-lined (including vitrified or enamelled coating);
- 5. Graphite or carbon-graphite;
- 6. Tantalum or tantalum alloys;
- 7. Titanium or titanium alloys;
- 8. Zirconium or zirconium alloys;
- 9. Silicon carbide;
- 10. Titanium carbide; or
- 11. Niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys.
  
  Technical Note:
  Carbon-graphite is a composition consisting of amorphous carbon and graphite, in which the graphite content is eight percent or more by weight.
Distillation or absorption columns of internal diameter greater than 0.1 m; and liquid distributors, vapour distributors or liquid collectors designed for such distillation or absorption columns, where all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed are made from the following materials:
- 1. Nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
- 2. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
- 3. Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
- 4. Glass or glass-lined (including vitrified or enamelled coating);
- 5. Graphite or carbon-graphite;
- 6. Tantalum or tantalum alloys;
- 7. Titanium or titanium alloys;
- 8. Zirconium or zirconium alloys; or
- 9. Niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys.
  
  Technical Note:
  Carbon-graphite is a composition consisting of amorphous carbon and graphite, in which the graphite content is eight percent or more by weight.
Valves
- 1. Valves, having both of the following:
  - A nominal size greater than 1.0 cm (3/8”) and
  - All surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being produced, processed, or contained are made from the materials of construction in Technical Note 1 of this entry;
- 2. Valves, not already identified in 7-2.1.f.1., having all of the following:
  - A nominal size equal to or greater than 2.54 cm (1”) and equal to or less than 10.16 cm (4”)
  - Casings (valve bodies) or preformed casing liners,
  - A closure element designed to be interchangeable, and
  - All surfaces of the casing (valve body) or preformed case liner that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being produced, processed, or contained are made from the materials of construction in Technical Note 1 of this entry.
- 3. Components, as follows:
  - Casings (valve bodies) designed for valves in 7-2.1.f.1. or 7-2.1.f.2., in which all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being produced, processed, or contained are made from the materials of construction in Technical Note 1 of this entry;
  - Preformed casing liners designed for valves in 7-2.1.f.1. or 7-2.1.f.2., in which all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being produced, processed, or contained are made from the materials of construction in Technical Note 1 of this entry.
    
    Technical Note 1:
    Materials of construction for valves include any of the following:
    - 1. Nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
    - 2. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
    - 3. Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
    - 4. Glass or glass-lined (including vitrified or enamelled coating);
    - 5. Tantalum or tantalum alloys;
    - 6. Titanium or titanium alloys;
    - 7. Zirconium or zirconium alloys;
    - 8. Niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys; or
    - 9. Ceramics materials as follows:
      - Silicon carbide with a purity of 80% or more by weight;
      - Aluminum oxide (alumina) with a purity of 99.9% or more by weight; or
      - Zirconium oxide (zirconia);
  Technical Note 2:
  The ‘nominal size’ is defined as the smaller of the inlet and outlet port diameters.
Multi-walled piping incorporating a leak detection port, in which all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed or contained are made from the following materials:
- 1. Nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
- 2. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
- 3. Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
- 4. Glass or glass-lined (including vitrified or enamelled coating);
- 5. Graphite or carbon-graphite;
- 6. Tantalum or tantalum alloys;
- 7. Titanium or titanium alloys;
- 8. Zirconium or zirconium alloys; or
- 9. Niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys.
  
  Technical Note:
  Carbon-graphite is a composition consisting of amorphous carbon and graphite, in which the graphite content is eight percent or more by weight.
Multiple-seal and seal-less pumps with manufacturer’s specified maximum flow-rate greater than 0.6 m³/h, or vacuum pumps with manufacturer’s specified maximum flow-rate greater than 5 m³/h (under standard temperature (273 K (0° C)) and pressure (101.3 kPa) conditions), and casings (pump bodies), preformed casing liners, impellers, rotors or jet pump nozzles designed for such pumps, in which all surfaces that come into direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed are made from any of the following materials:
- 1. Nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
- 2. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
- 3. Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
- 4. Glass or glass-lined (including vitrified or enamelled coating);
- 5. Graphite or carbon-graphite
- 6. Tantalum or tantalum alloys;
- 7. Titanium or titanium alloys;
- 8. Zirconium or zirconium alloys;
- 9. Ceramic
- 10. Ferrosilicon (high silicon iron alloys); or
- 11. Niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys.
  
  Technical Note 1:
  Carbon-graphite is a composition consisting of amorphous carbon and graphite, in which the graphite content is eight percent or more by weight.
  
  Technical Note 2:
  The seals referred to in this control come into direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed (or are designed to), and provide a sealing function where a rotary or reciprocating drive shaft passes through a pump body.
Remotely operated filling equipment in which all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed are made from the following materials:
- 1. Nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight; or
- 2. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight.
Incinerators designed to destroy CW agents, AG-controlled precursors or chemical munitions, having specially designed waste supply systems, special handling facilities, and an average combustion chamber temperature greater than 1,000° C, in which all surfaces in the waste supply system that come into direct contact with the waste products are made from or lined with the following materials:
- 1. Nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
- 2. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight; or
- 3. Ceramics.
  
  Technical Note:
  For the listed materials in the above entries 7-2.1.a to 7-2.1.j, the term ‘alloy’ when not accompanied by a specific elemental concentration is understood as identifying those alloys where the identified metal is present in a higher percentage by weight than any other element.
Prefabricated repair assemblies and their specially designed components, that:
- 1. are designed for mechanical attachment to glass-lined reaction vessels or reactors specified in 7-2.1.a.; and
- 2. have metallic surfaces, that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed, which are made from tantalum or tantalum alloys.
Prefabricated repair assemblies and their specially designed components, that:
- 1. are designed for mechanical attachment to glass-lined storage tanks, containers or receivers specified in 7-2.1.c; and
- 2. have metallic surfaces, that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed, which are made from tantalum or tantalum alloys.
Statement of Understanding
These controls do not apply to equipment which is specially designed for use in civil applications (for example, food processing, pulp and paper processing or water purification, etc.) and is, by the nature of its design, inappropriate for use in storing, processing, producing or conducting and controlling the flow of chemical warfare agents or any of the AG-controlled precursors chemicals.

7-2.2. Deleted.

N.B.:
For remotely operated filling equipment, see 7-2.1.i .

7-2.3. Deleted.

N.B.:
For incinerators, see 7-2.1.j .

7-2.4. Toxic gas monitors and monitoring systems, and their dedicated detecting components as follows: detectors; sensor devices; replaceable sensor cartridges; and dedicated software for such equipment

Designed for continuous operation and usable for the detection of chemical warfare agents, or AG-controlled precursors at concentrations of less than 0.3 mg/m³; or
Designed for the detection of cholinesterase-inhibiting activity.

(Item 7-2. applies to all destinations except Argentina, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Republic of Korea, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Republic of Cyprus, Romania, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Ukraine, United Kingdom and United States.)

7-3. CWC Materials

(All destinations applies to all 7-3 Items)

1. CWC Schedule 1 A Toxic Chemicals:
- O-Alkyl (equal to or less than C10, including cycloalkyl) alkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl) - phosphonofluoridate;
  e.g. Sarin (GB):O-Isopropyl methylphosphono-fluoridate, (CAS 107-44-8);
  Soman (GD):O-Pinacolyl methyl-phosphono-fluoridate, (CAS 96-64-0);
- O-Alkyl (equal to or less than C10, including cycloalkyl) N,N-dialkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl) phosphoramidocyanidates;
  e.g. Tabun: O-Ethyl N,N-dimethylphosphoramidocyanidate, (CAS 77-81-6);
- O-Alkyl (H or equal to or less than C10, including cycloalkyl) S-2-dialkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl)-aminoethyl alkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl) phosphonothiolates and corresponding alkylated or protonated salts;
  e.g. VX: O-Ethyl S-2-diisopropylaminoethyl methylphosphonothiolate, (CAS 50782-69-9);
- Sulphur mustards:
  2-Chloroethylchloromethylsulphide, (CAS 2625-76-5);
  Mustard gas: Bis(2-chloroethyl) sulphide, (CAS 505-60-2);
  Bis(2-chloroethylthio) methane, (CAS 63869-13-6);
  Sesquimustard: 1,2-Bis(2-chloroethylthio)ethane, (CAS 3563-36-8);
  1,3-Bis(2-chloroethylthio)-n-propane, (CAS 63905-10-2);
  1,4-Bis(2-chloroethylthio)-n-butane, (CAS 142868-93-7);
  1,5-Bis(2-chloroethylthio)-n-pentane, (CAS 142868-94-8);
  Bis (2-chloroethylthiomethyl) ether; (CAS 63918-90-1);
  O-Mustard: Bis(2-chloroethylthioethyl)ether, (CAS 63918-89-8);
- Lewisites:
  Lewisite 1: 2-Chlorovinyldichloroarsine, (CAS 541-25-3);
  Lewisite 2: Bis(2-chlorovinyl)chloroarsine, (CAS 40334-69-8);
  Lewisite 3: Tris (2-chlorovinyl) arsine, (CAS 40334-70-1);
- Nitrogen mustards:
  HN1: Bis (2-chloroethyl)ethylamine, (CAS 538-07-8);
  HN2: Bis (2-chloroethyl)methylamine, (CAS 51-75-2);
  HN3: Tris (2-chloroethyl)amine, (CAS 555-77-1);
- Saxitoxin, (CAS 35523-89-8);
- Ricin, (CAS 9009-86-3).
2. CWC Schedule 1 B Precursors:
- Alkyl(Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) phosphonyldifluorides;
  e.g. DF: Methylphosphonyldifluoride, (CAS 676-99-3);
- O-Alkyl (H equal to or less than C10, including cycloalkyl) O-2-dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr)-aminoethyl alkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) phosphonites and corresponding alkylated or protonated salts;
  e.g. QL: O-Ethyl O-2-diisopropylamino- ethyl methylphosphonite, (CAS 57856-11-8);
- Chlorosarin: O-Isopropyl methylphosphonochloridate, (CAS 1445-76-7);
- Chlorosoman: O-Pinacolyl methylphosphonochloridate, (CAS 7040-57-5).
3. CWC Schedule 2 A Toxic Chemicals:
- Amiton: O,O-Diethyl S-[2-(diethylamino)ethyl] phosphor-othiolate, (CAS 78-53-5) and corresponding alkylated or protonated salts;
- PFIB: 1,1,3,3,3-Pentafluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)-1-propene, (CAS 382-21-8);
- BZ: 3-Quinuclidinyl benzilate, (CAS 6581-06-2).
4. CWC Schedule 2 B Precursors:
- Chemicals, except for those listed in Item 7-3.1. or 7-3.2., containing a phosphorus atom to which is bonded one methyl, ethyl or propyl (normal or iso) group but not further carbon atoms, such as:
  - 1. Dimethyl methylphosphonate, (CAS 756-79-6);
  - 2. Methylphosphonyl dichloride, (CAS 676-97-1);
  Note:
  This Item does not control Fonofos: O-Ethyl S-phenyl ethylphosphonothiolothionate, (CAS 944-22-9).
- N,N-Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) phosphoramidic dihalides;
- Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) N,N-Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr)-phosphoramidates;
- Arsenic trichloride, (CAS 7784-34-1);
- 2,2-diphenyl-2-hydroxyacetic acid, (CAS 76-93-7);
- Quinuclidin-3-ol, (CAS 1619-34-7);
- N,N-Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) aminoethyl-2-chlorides and corresponding protonated salts;
- N,N-Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) aminoethane-2-ols and corresponding protonated salts;
  Note:
  This Item does not control:
  - N,N-Dimethylaminoethanol, (CAS 108-01-0) and corresponding protonated salts;
  - N,N-Diethylaminoethanol, (CAS 100-37-8) and corresponding protonated salts.
- N,N-Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr)aminoethane-2-thiols and corresponding protonated salts;
- Thiodiglycol: Bis(2-hydroxyethyl)sulfide, (CAS 111-48-8);
- Pinacolyl alcohol: 3,3-Dimethylbutan-2-ol, (CAS 464-07-3).
- N,N-Diisopropylaminoethanethiol hydrochloride (41480-75-5)
5. CWC Schedule 3 A Toxic Chemicals:
- Phosgene: Carbonyl dichloride, (CAS 75-44-5);
- Cyanogen chloride, (CAS 506-77-4);
- Hydrogen cyanide, (CAS 74-90-8);
- Chloropicrin: Trichloronitromethane, (CAS 76-06-2).
6. CWC Schedule 3 B Precursors:
- Phosphorus oxychloride, (CAS 10025-87-3);
- Phosphorus trichloride, (CAS 7719-12-2);
- Phosphorus pentachloride, (CAS 10026-13-8);
- Trimethyl phosphite, (CAS 121-45-9);
- Triethyl phosphite, (CAS 122-52-1);
- Dimethyl phosphite, (CAS 868-85-9);
- Diethyl phosphite, (CAS 762-04-9);
- Sulphur monochloride, (CAS 10025-67-9);
- Sulphur dichloride, (CAS 10545-99-0);
- Thionyl chloride, (CAS 7719-09-7);
- Ethyldiethanolamine, (CAS 139-87-7);
- Methyldiethanolamine, (CAS 105-59-9);
- Triethanolamine, (CAS 102-71-6).

7-4. AG Materials

1. Chemical Weapons Precursor Chemicals, as follows:
- 3-hydroxy-1-methylpiperidine, (CAS 3554-74-3);
- Potassium fluoride, (CAS 7789-23-3);
- 2-chloroethanol, (CAS 107-07-3);
- Dimethylamine, (CAS 124-40-3);
- Dimethylamine hydrochloride, (CAS 506-59-2);
- Hydrogen fluoride, (CAS 7664-39-3);
- Methyl benzilate, (CAS 76-89-1);
- 3-quinuclidone, (CAS 3731-38-2);
- Pinacolone, (CAS 75-97-8);
- Potassium cyanide, (CAS 151-50-8);
- Potassium bifluoride, (CAS 7789-29-9);
- Ammonium bifluoride, (CAS 1341-49-7);
- Sodium bifluoride, (CAS 1333-83-1);
- Sodium fluoride, (CAS 7681-49-4);
- Sodium cyanide, (CAS 143-33-9);
- Phosphorus pentasulphide, (CAS 1314-80-3);
- Diisopropylamine, (CAS 108-18-9);
- Diethylaminoethanol, (CAS 100-37-18);
- Sodium sulphide, (CAS 1313-82-2);
- Triethanolamine hydrochloride, (CAS 637-39-8);
- Triisopropyl phosphite, (CAS 116-17-6);
- O,O-Diethyl phosphorothioate, (CAS 2465-65-8);
- O,O-Diethyl phosphorodithioate, (CAS 298-06-6);
- Sodium hexafluorosilicate, (CAS 16893-85-9).
- Diethylamine (CAS 109-89-7).

7-5. Software

Controls on "software" transfer only apply where specifically indicated in section 7-2 above, and do not apply to "software" which is either:

1. Generally available to the public by being:
- Sold from the stock at retail selling points without restriction, by means of:
  - 1. Over-the-counter transactions;
  - 2. Mail order transactions;
  - 3. Electronic transactions; or
  - 4. Telephone call transactions; and
- Designed for installation by the user without further substantial support by the supplier; or
2. "In the public domain".

7-6. Technology

"Technology", including licences, directly associated with

- CW agents specified by 7-3;
- AG-controlled precursors specified by 7-4; or
- AG-controlled dual-use equipment items specified by 7-2.

This includes:

transfer of "technology" ("technical data") by any means, including electronic media, fax or telephone;
transfer of "technology" in the form of "technical assistance".
Notes:
- 1. Controls on "technology" do not apply to information “in the public domain,” or to “basic scientific research”, or the minimum necessary information for patent application.
- 2. The approval for export of any AG-controlled item of dual-use equipment also authorises the export to the same end-user of the minimum “technology” required for the installation, operation, maintenance, or repair of that item.

Dual-Use Biological Equipment, Biological Weapons and Related Software and Technology

7-11. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

None

7-12. Biological Test, Inspection and Production Equipment, as follows:

1.Complete containment facilities and related equipment as follows:
- Complete containment facilities that meet the criteria for P3 or P4 (BL3, BL4, L3, L4,) containment as specified in the WHO Laboratory Biosafety Manual (3rd edition, Geneva, 2004).
- Equipment designed for fixed installation in containment facilities specified in 7 12.1.a., as follows:
  - i. Double-door pass through decontamination autoclaves;
  - ii. Breathing air suit decontamination showers;
  - iii. Mechanical-seal or inflatable-seal walkthrough doors.
2. Fermenters
a. Fermenters capable of cultivation of micro-organisms or of live cells for the production of viruses or toxins, without the propagation of aerosols, having a total internal volume of 20 litres or greater.
b. Components designed for such fermenters, as follows:
- i. cultivation chambers designed to be sterilized or disinfected in situ;
- ii. cultivation chamber holding devices; or
- iii. process control units capable of simultaneously monitoring and controlling two or more fermentation system parameters (e.g. temperature, pH, nutrients, agitation, dissolved oxygen, air flow, foam control).
Note:
Fermenters include bioreactors (including single-use (disposable) bioreactors), chemostats and continuous-flow systems.
3. Centrifugal Separators
Centrifugal separators capable of the continuous separation of pathogenic microorganisms, without the propagation of aerosols, and having all the following characteristics:
- one or more sealing joints within the steam containment area;
- flow rate greater than 100 litres per hour;
- component of polished stainless steel or titanium; and
- capable of in-situ steam sterilisation in a closed state.
Technical Note:
Centrifugal separators include decanters.
4. Cross (tangential) flow filtration equipment
- Cross (tangential) flow filtration equipment capable of separation of microorganisms, viruses, toxins or cell cultures, having all the following characteristics:
  - 1. a total filtration area equal to or greater than 1 square metre; and
  - 2. having any of the following characteristics:
    - capable of being sterilized or disinfected in-situ; or
    - using disposable or single-use filtration components.
  Note:
  This control excludes reverse osmosis and hemodialysis equipment, as specified by the manufacturer.
- Cross (tangential) flow filtration components (e.g. modules, elements, cassettes, cartridges, units or plates) with filtration area equal to or greater than 0.2 square metres for each component and designed for use in cross (tangential) flow filtration equipment as specified by 7-12.4.a.
Technical Note:
In this control, ‘sterilized’ denotes the elimination of all viable microbes from the equipment through the use of either physical (e.g. steam) or chemical agents. ‘Disinfected’ denotes the destruction of potential microbial infectivity in the equipment through the use of chemical agents with a germicidal effect. ‘Disinfection’ and ‘sterilization’ are distinct from ‘sanitization’, the latter referring to cleaning procedures designed to lower the microbial content of equipment without necessarily achieving elimination of all microbial infectivity or viability.
5. Freeze-drying Equipment
Steam, gas or vapour sterilisable freeze-drying equipment with a condenser capacity of 10 kg of ice or greater in 24 hours and less than 1,000 kg of ice in 24 hours.
6. Spray-drying Equipment
Spray drying equipment capable of drying toxins or pathogenic microorganisms having all of the following characteristics:
- a water evaporation capacity of ≥ 0.4 kg/h and ≤ 400 kg/h;
- the ability to generate a typical mean product particle size of ≤ 10 micrometers with existing fittings or by minimal modification of the spray-dryer with atomization nozzles enabling generation of the required particle size; and
- capable of being sterilized or disinfected in situ.
7. Protective and containment equipment as follows:
- Protective full or half suits, or hoods dependent upon a tethered external air supply and operating under positive pressure;
  
  Technical Note:
  
  This does not control suits designed to be worn with self-contained breathing apparatus.
- Biocontainment chambers, isolators or biological safety cabinets having all of the following characteristics, for normal operation:
  - 1. Fully enclosed workspace where the operator is separated from the work by a physical barrier;
  - 2. Able to operate at negative pressure;
  - 3. Means to safely manipulate items in the workspace;
  - 4. Supply and exhaust air to and from the work space is HEPA filtered.
    
    Note 1:
    This control includes class III biosafety cabinets, as described in the latest edition of the WHO Laboratory Biosafety Manual or constructed in accordance with national standards , regulations or guidance.
    
    Note 2:
    This control does not include isolators specially designed for barrier nursing or transportation of infected patients.
8. Aerosol inhalation chambers
Aerosol inhalation equipment designed for aerosol challenge testing with microorganisms, viruses or toxins as follows:
- Whole-body exposure chambers having a capacity of 1 cubic metre or greater.
- Nose-only exposure apparatus utilising directed aerosol flow and having capacity for exposure of 12 or more rodents, or 2 or more animals other than rodents; and, closed animal restraint tubes designed for use with such apparatus.
9. Spraying or fogging systems and components therefore, as follows:
- Complete spraying or fogging systems, specially designed or modified for fitting to aircraft, lighter than air vehicles or UAVs, capable of delivering, from a liquid suspension, an initial droplet “VMD” of less than 50 microns at a flow rate of greater than two litres per minute.
- Spray booms or arrays of aerosol generating units, specially designed or modified for fitting to aircraft, lighter than air vehicles or UAVs, capable of delivering, from a liquid suspension, an initial droplet “VMD” of less than 50 microns at a flow rate of greater than two litres per minute.
- Aerosol generating units specially designed for fitting to systems that fulfil all the criteria specified in paragraphs 7-12.9.a. and 7-12.9.b.
  Technical Notes:
  Aerosol generating units are devices specially designed or modified for fitting to aircraft such as nozzles, rotary drum atomisers and similar devices.
  This entry does not control spraying or fogging systems and components as specified in paragraph 7-12.9. above that are demonstrated not to be capable of delivering biological agents in the form of infectious aerosols.
  Pending definition of international standards, the following guidelines should be followed:
  Droplet size for spray equipment or nozzles specially designed for use on aircraft or UAVs should be measured using either of the following methods:
  - Doppler laser method;
  - Forward laser diffraction method.
10. Nucleic acid assemblers and synthesizers
Nucleic acid assemblers and synthesizers, which are partly or entirely automated, and designed to generate continuous nucleic acids greater than 1.5 kilobases in length with error rates less than 5% in a single run.

(Item 7-12. applies to all destinations except Argentina, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Republic of Korea, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Republic of Cyprus, Romania, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Ukraine, United Kingdom and United States.)

7-13. Materials

(All destinations applies to all 7-13 Items)

Biological Weapon Agents

7-13.1. Human Pathogens and Toxins, as follows:

Viruses:
- 1. African horse sickness virus
- 2. African swine fever virus
- 3. Andes virus
- 4. Avian influenza virus
  Note:
  This includes only those Avian influenza viruses of high pathogenicity as defined by competent international authorities or regulatory bodies such as the World Organization for Animal Health (OIE) or the European Union (EU).
- 5. Bluetongue virus
- 6. Chapare virus
- 7. Chikungunya virus
- 8. Choclo virus
- 9. Classical swine fever virus (Hog cholera virus)
- 10. Crimean -Congo hemorrhagic fever virus
- 11. Dobrava-Belgrade virus
- 12. Eastern equine encephalitis virus
- 13. Ebolavirus: all members of the Ebolavirus genus
- 14. Foot-and-mouth disease virus
- 15. Goatpox virus
- 16. Guanarito virus
- 17. Hantaan virus
- 18. Hendra virus (Equine morbillivirus)
- 19. Japanese encephalitis virus
- 20. Junin virus
- 21. Kyasanur Forest disease virus
- 22. Laguna Negra virus
- 23. Lassa virus
- 24. Louping ill virus
- 25. Lujo virus
- 26. Lumpy skin disease virus
- 27. Lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus
- 28. Machupo virus
- 29. Marburgvirus: all members of the Marburgvirus genus
- 30. Monkeypox virus
- 31. Murray Valley encephalitis virus
- 32. Newcastle disease virus
- 33. Nipah virus
- 34. Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus
- 35. Oropouche virus
- 36. Peste-des-petits-ruminants virus
- 37. Porcine Teschovirus
- 38. Powassan virus
- 39. Rabies virus and other members of the Lyssavirus genus
- 40. Reconstructed 1918 influenza virus
- 41. Rift Valley fever virus
- 42. Rinderpest virus
- 43. Rocio virus
- 44. Sabia virus
- 45. Seoul virus
- 46. Severe acute respiratory syndrome-related coronavirus (SARS-related coronavirus)
- 47. Sheeppox virus
- 48. Sin Nombre virus
- 49. St. Louis encephalitis virus
- 50. Suid herpesvirus 1 (Pseudorabies virus; Aujeszky’s disease)
- 51. Swine vesicular disease virus
- 52. Tick-borne encephalitis virus (Far Eastern subtype)
- 53. Variola virus
- 54. Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus
- 55. Vesicular stomatitis virus
- 56. Western equine encephalitis virus
- 57. Yellow fever virus
Not used since 2013
Bacteria:
- 1. Bacillus anthracis;
- 2. Brucella abortus;
- 3. Brucella melitensis;
- 4. Brucella suis;
- 5. Chlamydia psittaci (Chlamydophila psittaci);
- 6. Clostridium botulinum;
- 7. Clostridium argentinense (formerly known as Clostridium botulinum Type G), botulinum neurotoxin producing strains;
- 8. Clostridium baratii, botulinum neurotoxin producing strains;
- 9. Clostridium butyricum, botulinum neurotoxin producing strains;
- 10. Francisella tularensis;
- 11. Burkholderia mallei (Pseudomonas mallei);
- 12. Burkholderia pseudomallei (Pseudomonas pseudomallei);
- 13. Salmonella enterica subspecies enterica serovar Typhi (Salmonella typhi);
- 14. Shigella dysenteriae;
- 15. Vibrio cholerae;
- 16. Yersinia pestis;;
- 17. Clostridium perfringens, epsilon toxin producing types;
  Note:
  It is understood that limiting this control to epsilon toxin producing strains of Clostridium perfringens therefore exempts from control the transfer of other Clostridium perfringens strains to beused as positive control cultures for food testing and quality control.
- 18. Shiga toxin producing Escherichia coli (STEC) of serogroups O26, O45, O103, O104, O111, O121, O145, O157, and other shiga toxin producing serogroups;
  
  Note:
  Shiga toxin producing Escherichia (STEC) includes inter alia enterohaemorrhagic E.coli (EHEC), verotoxin producing E. coli (VTEC) or verocytotoxin producing E. coli (VTEC).
- 19. Coxiella burnetii;
- 20. Rickettsia prowazekii;
- 21. Mycoplasma capricolum subspecies capripneumoniae (“strain F38”)
- 22. Mycoplasma mycoides subspecies mycoides SC (small colony)
Toxins as follow and subunits thereof:
Note:
Excluding immunotoxins.
- 1. Botulinum toxins;
  Note
  Excluding toxins in product form meeting all of the following criteria:
  - pharmaceutical formulations designed for testing and human administration in the treatment of medical conditions;
  - pre-packaged for distribution as clinical or medical products; and
  - authorized by a state authority to be marketed as clinical or medical products.
- 2. Clostridium perfringens alpha, beta 1, beta 2, epsilon and iota toxins;
- 3. Conotoxins;
  Note:
  Excluding conotoxins in product form meeting all of the following criteria:
  - pharmaceutical formulations designed for testing and human administration in the treatment of medical conditions;
  - pre-packaged for distribution as clinical or medical products; and
  - authorized by a state authority to be marketed as clinical or medical products.
- 4. Ricin;
- 5. Saxitoxin;
- 6. Shiga toxins (shiga-like toxins, verotoxins, and verocytotoxins);
- 7. Staphylococcus aureus toxins, hemolysin alpha toxin, and toxic shock syndrome toxin (formerly known as Staphylococcus enterotoxin F);
- 8. Tetrodotoxin;
- 9. Microcystins (Cyanginosins);
- 10. Aflatoxins;
- 11. Abrin;
- 12. Cholera toxin;
- 13. Diacetoxyscirpenol;
- 14. T-2 toxin;
- 15. HT-2 toxin;
- 16. Modeccin;
- 17. Volkensin;
- 18. Viscumin (Viscum album lectin 1);
Fungi:
- 1. Coccidioides immitis;
- 2. Coccidioides posadasii;
  
  Note:
  Biological agents and pathogens are controlled when they are an isolated live culture of a pathogen agent, or a preparation of a toxin agent which has been isolated or extracted from any source, or material including living material which has been deliberately inoculated or contaminated with the agent. Isolated live cultures of a pathogen agent include live cultures in dormant form or in dried preparations, whether the agent is natural, enhanced or modified.
  
  An agent /pathogen is covered by item 7-13.1.a. to 7-13.1.e. except when it is in the form of a vaccine. A vaccine is a medicinal product in a pharmaceutical formulation licensed by, or having marketing or clinical trial authorization from, the regulatory authorities of either the country of manufacture or of use, which is intended to stimulate a protective immunological response in humans or animals in order to prevent disease in those to whom or to which it is administered.
Genetic Elements and Genetically-modified Organisms:
Any ‘genetically-modified organism’ ¹. which contains, or ‘genetic element’². that codes for:
- any gene or genes specific to any listed virus in 7-13.1.a.; or
- any gene or genes specific to any listed bacterium in 7-13.1.c. or fungus in 7 13.1.e., and which
  - (i) in itself or through its transcribed or translated products represents a significant hazard to human, animal or plant health, or
  - (ii) could ‘endow or enhance pathogenicity’ ^3.; or
- any listed toxins 7-13.1.d. or their sub-units.
Technical Note:
1. ‘Genetically-modified organisms’ include organisms in which the nucleic acid sequences have been created or altered by deliberate molecular manipulation.
2. ‘Genetic elements’ include, inter alia: chromosomes, genomes, plasmids, transposons, vectors, and inactivated organisms containing recoverable nucleic acid fragments, whether genetically modified or unmodified, or chemically synthesized in whole or in part. For the purposes of the genetic elements control, nucleic acids from an inactivated organism, virus, or sample are considered ‘recoverable’ if the inactivation and preparation of the material is intended or known to facilitate isolation, purification, amplification, detection, or identification of nucleic acids.
3. ‘Endow or enhance pathogenicity’ is defined as when the insertion or integration of the nucleic acid sequence or sequences is/are likely to enable or increase a recipient organism’s ability to be used to deliberately cause disease or death. This might include alterations to, inter alia: virulence, transmissibility, stability, route of infection, host range, reproducibility, ability to evade or suppress host immunity, resistance to countermeasures, or detectability.

7-13.2. Animal Pathogens, as follows:

Not used since 2014
Not used since 2014
Not used since 2014
Not used since 2014

7-13.3. Plant Pathogens, as follows:

Viruses;
- 1. Andean potato latent virus (Potato Andean latent tymovirus );
- 2. Potato spindle tuber viroid;
Rickettsiae
None
Bacteria:
- 1. Xanthomonas albilineans;
- 2. Xanthomonas campestris pv.citri (Xanthomonas campestris pv. citri A) [Xanthomonas campestris pv. citri];
- 3. Xanthomonas oryzae pv.oryzae (Pseudomonas campestris pv. oryzae);
- 4. Clavibacter michiganensis subsp. sepedonicus (Coryne-bacterium michiganensis subsp. sepedonicum or Corynebacterium sepedonicum);
- 5. Ralstonia solanacearum, race 3; biovar 2;
Toxins
None
Fungi:
- 1. Colletotrichum kahawae (Colletotrichum coffeanum var. virulans);
- 2. Cochliobolus miyabeanus (Helminthospo-rium oryzae);
- 3. Microcyclus ulei (syn. Dothidella ulei);
- 4. Puccinia graminis ssp. graminis var. graminis/Puccinia graminis ssp. graminis var. stakmanii (Puccinia graminis) (syn. Puccinia graminis f.sp. tritici);
- 5. Puccinia striiformis (syn. Puccinia glumarum);
- 6. Magnaporthe oryzae (Pyricularia oryzae);
- 7. Peronosclerospora philippinensis (Peronosclerospora sacchari);
- 8. Sclerophthora rayssiae var. zeae;
- 9. Synchytrium endobioticum;
- 10. Tilletia indica;
- 11. Thecaphora solani;
Genetic Elements and Genetically-modified Organisms:
Any ‘genetically-modified organism’ 1. which contains, or ‘genetic element’ 2. that codes for:
- any gene or genes specific to any listed virus in 7-13.3.a.; or
- any gene or genes specific to any listed bacterium in 7-13.3.c. or fungus in 7 13.3.e., and which
  - (i) in itself or through its transcribed or translated products represents a significant hazard to human, animal or plant health, or
  - (ii) ‘could endow or enhance pathogenicity’ ³.

Technical Note:

1. ‘Genetically-modified organisms’ include organisms in which the nucleic acid sequences have been created or altered by deliberate molecular manipulation.
2. ‘Genetic elements’ include, inter alia: chromosomes, genomes, plasmids, transposons, vectors, and inactivated organisms containing recoverable nucleic acid fragments, whether genetically modified or unmodified, or chemically synthesized in whole or in part. For the purposes of the genetic elements control, nucleic acids from an inactivated organism, virus, or sample are considered ‘recoverable’ if the inactivation and preparation of the material is intended or known to facilitate isolation, purification, amplification, detection, or identification of nucleic acids.
3. ‘Endow or enhance pathogenicity’ is defined as when the insertion or integration of the nucleic acid sequence or sequences is/are likely to enable or increase a recipient organism’s ability to be used to deliberately cause disease or death. This might include alterations to, inter alia: virulence, transmissibility, stability, route of infection, host range, reproducibility, ability to evade or suppress host immunity, resistance to countermeasures, or detectability.

7-14. Software

Controls on "software" transfer only apply where specifically indicated in sections 7-12 above and 7-15 do not apply to "software" which is either:

1. Generally available to the public by being:
- Sold from the stock at retail selling points without restriction, by means of:
  - 1. Over-the-counter transactions;
  - 2. Mail order transactions;
  - 3. Electronic transactions; or
  - 4. Telephone call transactions; and
- Designed for installation by the user without further substantial support by the supplier; or
2. "In the public domain".

7-15. Technology

"Technology", including licenses, directly associated with

- AG-controlled biological agents specified by 7-13; or
- AG-controlled dual-use biological equipment items specified by 7-12.

This includes

transfer of "technology" (technical data) by any means, including electronic media, fax or telephone
transfer of "technology" in the form of "technical assistance".

Notes:

1. Controls on “technology” do not apply to information “in the public domain” or to “basic scientific research”, or the minimum necessary information for patent application.
2. The approval for export of any AG-controlled item of dual-use equipment also authorises the export to the same end-user of the minimum "technology" required for the installation, operation, maintenance, or repair of that item.

Group 7 – Definitions

“Basic scientific research”

“Development”

“Development” is related to all phases before “production” such as:

- design
- design research
- design analysis
- design concepts
- assembly of prototypes
- pilot production schemes
- design data
- process of transforming design data into a product
- configuration design
- integration design
- layouts

“In the public domain”

“In the public domain”, as it applies herein, means “technology” or “software” that has been made available without restrictions upon its further dissemination. (Copyright restrictions do not remove "technology" or "software" from being "in the public domain").

“Lighter than air vehicles”

Balloons and airships that rely on hot air or on lighter-than-air gases such as helium or hydrogen for their lift.

“Microprogram”

A sequence of elementary instructions maintained in a special storage, the execution of which is initiated by the introduction of its reference instruction register.

“Production”

Means all "production" phases such as:

- construction
- production engineering
- manufacture
- integration
- assembly (mounting)
- inspection
- testing
- quality assurance

“Program”

A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or convertible into, a form executable by an electronic computer.

“Software”

A collection of one or more ‘programs’ or ‘microprograms’ fixed in any tangible medium of expression.

“Technical assistance”

May take forms, such as: instruction, skills, training, working knowledge, consulting services. “Technical assistance” includes oral forms of assistance. “Technical assistance” may involve transfer of “technical data”.

“Technical data”

May take forms such as blueprints, plans, diagrams, models, formulae, tables, engineering designs and specifications, manuals and instructions written or recorded on other media or devices such as disk, tape, read-only memories.

“Technology”

Specific information necessary for the “development”, “production” or “use” of a product. The information takes the form of “technical data” or “technical assistance”.

“UAVs”

Unmanned Aerial Vehicles.

“Use”

Operation, installation (including on-site installation), maintenance (checking), repair, overhaul or refurbishing.

“VMD”

Volume Median Diameter.

Note: For water-based systems, VMD equates to MMD - the Mass Median Diameter.

Group 8 – Repealed - January 2006 (SOR/DORS/2006-16)

Group 9 – Arms Trade Treaty

(All destinations. All destinations applies to all Group 9 Items.)

The goods referred to in items 9-1. to 9-9., whether or not included elsewhere on this List, the export of which Canada has agreed to control in accordance with its obligations under the Arms Trade Treaty.

9-1. Battle tanks that are tracked or wheeled self-propelled armoured fighting vehicles weighing at least 16.5 t unladen, with a direct fire main gun of at least 75 mm calibre.

9-2. Armoured combat vehicles as follows:

tracked, semi-tracked or wheeled self-propelled vehicles with armoured protection and cross-country capability having any of the following characteristics:
- i. designed or modified and equipped to transport a squad of four or more infantry soldiers,
- ii. armed with an integral or organic weapon of at least 12.5 mm calibre,
- iii. equipped with a missile launcher,
- iv. equipped with organic technical means for observation, reconnaissance and target indication and designed to perform reconnaissance missions,
- v. equipped with integral or organic technical means for command of troops,
- vi. equipped with integral or organic electronic and technical means designed for electronic warfare; and
armoured bridge-launching vehicles.

9-3. Large-calibre artillery systems as follows:

guns, howitzers, mortars - and artillery pieces that combine the characteristics of a gun or howitzer - that are capable of engaging surface targets by delivering indirect fire and have
- i. a calibre of at least 75 mm but not greater than 155 mm, or
- ii. a calibre greater than 155 mm;
multiple-launch rocket systems that are capable of engaging surface targets by delivering indirect fire and have a calibre of at least 75 mm; and
gun carriers specially designed for towing artillery.

9-4. Military aircraft and related systems as follows:

manned fixed-wing or variable-geometry wing aircraft that are designed, equipped or modified to

i. engage targets by employing guided missiles, unguided rockets, bombs, guns, cannons or other weapons of destruction, or
ii. perform reconnaissance, command-of-troops, electronic warfare, suppression of air-defence systems, refuelling or airdrop missions;

unmanned fixed-wing or variable-geometry wing aircraft that are designed, equipped or modified to
- i. engage targets by employing guided missiles, unguided rockets, bombs, guns, cannons or other weapons of destruction, or
- ii. perform reconnaissance, electronic warfare or suppression of air-defence systems missions; and
systems for the control and receiving of information from the unmanned aircraft referred to in paragraph 9-4.b.

9-5. Military helicopters and related systems as follows:

manned rotary-wing aircraft that are designed, equipped or modified to
- i. engage targets by employing guided or unguided anti-armour, air-to-surface, air-to-subsurface or air-to-air weapons for which the aircraft are equipped with an integrated fire control and aiming system, or
- ii. perform reconnaissance, electronic warfare, target acquisition (including anti-submarine warfare), communications, command-of-troops or minelaying missions;
unmanned rotary-wing aircraft that are designed, equipped or modified to
- i. engage targets by employing guided or unguided anti-armour, air-to-surface, air-to-subsurface or air-to-air weapons for which the aircraft are equipped with an integrated fire control and aiming system, or
- ii. perform reconnaissance, electronic warfare or suppression of air-defence systems missions; and
systems for the control and receiving of information from the unmanned aircraft referred to in paragraph 9-5.b.

9-6. Vessels and submarines that are armed and equipped for military use and that

have a standard displacement equal to or greater than 150 t; or
have a standard displacement of less than 150 t and are equipped for launching missiles or torpedoes with a range of 25 km or greater.

9-7. Missiles and missile launchers

1. Missiles and missile launchers, as follows:
- guided or unguided rockets and ballistic or cruise missiles that are capable of delivering a warhead or weapon of destruction to a range of 25 km or greater;
- launchers that are specially designed or modified for launching the missiles or rockets referred to in paragraph 9-7.1.a., if not included in any of items 9-1. to 9-6.; and
- Man-Portable Air-Defense Systems (MANPADS).
2. Paragraph 9-7.1.a. includes remotely piloted vehicles that have the characteristics of the missiles or rockets described in that subsection.

9-8. Small arms

1. Small arms that are destined for police or military end-use by individual members, as follows:
- handguns that
  - i. are automatic or converted automatic in function,
  - ii. are semi-automatic in function, or
  - iii. are revolvers;
- rifles other than those specified in paragraph 9-8.1.d.;
- submachine guns that are automatic or converted automatic in function;
- assault rifles that are automatic or converted automatic in function; and
- light machine guns that
  - i. are automatic or converted automatic in function, and
  - ii. have a calibre of 12.7mm or less,
2. Subsection 9-8.1. does not include
- firearms that are specially designed for dummy or blank ammunition and are incapable of discharging a projectile or marking cartridges;
- firearms that are specially designed for marking or for force-on-force type training ammunition;
- firearms that are specially designed to launch tethered projectiles having no high-explosive charge or communications link to a range of 500 m or less; or
- antique firearms as defined in subsection 84(1) of the Criminal Code.

9-9. Light weapons

1. Light weapons destined for use by individual members of armed or security forces or by several members serving as a crew and delivering primarily direct fire as follows:
- heavy machine guns, other than the grenade launchers specified in paragraph 9-9.1.b., that
  - i. are automatic or converted automatic in function, and
  - ii. have a calibre greater than 12.7mm;
- hand-held grenade launchers, under-barrel-mounted grenade launchers and mounted grenade launchers;
- portable anti-tank guns;
- recoilless rifles;
- portable anti-tank missile launchers and rocket systems; and
- mortars that have a calibre less than 75 mm.
2. Subsection 9-9.1. does not include antique firearms, as defined in subsection 84(1) of the Criminal Code.

Index

This non-exhaustive index is provided as a guide only.

**Index (provided as a guide only)**
A to D converters	1-3.A., 1-4.A., 6-14.A.
Absorbers, hair type	1-1.C.
Absorbers of electromagnetic waves	1-1.C.
Absorption analyzers	3-2.6.
Absorption columns	7-2.1
Accelerators	3-2.5.8. & 9., 2-19., 4-5.B., 6-15.B.
Accelerometers	1-7.A., 6-9.A
Acoustic detection systems	1-6.A.
Acoustic-optic devices	1-3.A.
Acoustic projectors	1-6.A
Acoustic seabed survey equipment	1-6.A.
Acoustic sensors	1-6.A.
Acoustic systems	1-6.A.
Acoustic vibration test equipment	1-9.B
Acoustic wave devices	1-3.A
Additives, explosives	2-8, 6-4.C.
Adjusted Peak Performance (APP)	1-4.A., 1-4.D., 1-4.E.
Aero-engines	1-9.A. 2-10., 6-3.A.
Aerodynamic analysis	6-16.
Aerodynamic enrichment	3-2.5.5.
Aerodynamic testing facilities	6-15.B.2.
Aerothermodynamic test facilities	6-15.B.6.
Aerosol dispensing UAV	6-19.A.3.
Aerosol inhalation equipment	7-12.8.
Agitators	7-2.1.
Aiming devices	2-1., 2-2., 2-5.
Air-independent power systems	1-8.A., 2-9.
Airborne refuelling	2-10.
Aircraft	2-10.
Aircraft handling equipment	2-10.
Airships	1-9.A., 2-10
All wheel drive vehicles	2-6.
Alloyed materials	1-1.C.
Altimeters	1-7.A., 6-11.A.
Aluminum alloys	1-1.C., 4-2.C.
Aluminum powder	2-8., 6-4.C.
Ammonia convertors, crackers, towers	4-4.B., 3-2.6.
Ammonium perchlorate	2-8., 6-4.C.
Ammunition	2-3.
Amphibious vehicles	2-6.
Analog computers	6-13.A.
Analog to digital converters	1-3.A., 6-14.A.
Analogue instrumentation recorders	1-3.A.
Analyzers, digital differential (DDA)	6-13.A.
Analyzers, network	1-3.A.
Anechoic chambers	6-15.B
Angular measuring instruments	4-1.B.
Animal pathogens	7-13.2.
Antibodies	2-7.
Anti-g suits	2-10.
Anti-personnel mines	5503., 2-4
Apparel goods	5209.
Armament, large calibre	2-2.
Armed vehicles	2-6.
Armoured combat vehicles	9-2.
Armoured plate	2-13.
Armoured vehicles	2-6.
Arms, small	2-1.
Aromatic polyamide-imides	1-1.C.
Aromatic polyetherimides	1-1.C.
Artillery	2-2.
Attitude control equipment	1-9.A., 6-10.A.2.
Attitude and orbit control	1-9.A., 5504.
Atomic frequency standards	1-3.A.
Authentication	1-5.A.2.
Automatic firearms	2-1.
Automatic piloting systems	2-10.
Automatic pilots	1-7.A., 6-9.A.
Avionics	1-7., 6-11.
Avionics equipment, rockets	6-11.
Bacteria, human, animal, plant	7-13.
Balancing machines	4-3.B.3., 6-9.B.2.
Ballistic missile systems	6-1.A.1.
Ballistic protection, materials for	1-1.A., 2-13.
Banking equipment	1-5.A.2.
Batch mixers	6-4.B.3.
Bathymetric survey systems	1-6.A.
Battle tank	9-1.
Bearing, silent	2-9.
Bearings	1-2.A., 6-3.A.7.
BeiDou receivers	6-11.A.
Bellows	3-2.5.1., 4-3.A.9, 4-3.B.
Beryllium	1-1.C., 1-2.A., 1-6.C., 2-8., 4-2.C., 6-4.C.
Beryllium substrate blanks	1-6.C.
Binary precursors	2-7.
Biocatalysts	2-7.
Biological agents	2-7.,7-13.
Biological containment facilities	7-12.
Biological protective/containment equipment	7-12.
Biological safety cabinets	7-12-7.
Biological systems	2-7., 7-13.
Biological test equipment	7-12.
Biological Weapons (BW)	2-7., 7-13.
Biological weapons agents	7-13.
Biopolymers	2-7.
Bismaleimides	1-1.C.
Bismuth	2-8., 4-2.C., 6-4.C.
Blast/thermal protection	6-18.
Blinding laser weapons	2-19., 5501.
Blowers	3-2.5., 3-2.6.
Body armour	1-1.A., 2-13.
Bombing, computers	2-5.
Bombs	2-4.
Bonding systems	1-9.B.
Boron and boron compounds	1-1.C., 2-8., 4-2.C., 6-4.C.
Breathing equipment	1-1.A.,1-8.A., 2-7., 2-10., 2-17.
Bulk graphite	6-6.C.3
Burning rate modifier	6-4.C.
C³I, C⁴I software	2-21
Cable, secure communications	1-5.A.
Cables, fibre optic	1-5.A.1., 1-6.C., 1-8.A.
Cadmium telluride (CdTe)	1-6.C.
Cadmium zinc telluride (CdZnTe)	1-6.C.
Calcium (high purity)	3-2.7.2., 4-2.C.5.
Cameras	1-6.A., 1-8.A., 4-5.B.
Cameras, military	2-15.
Cameras, reconnaissance	2-15.
Cannon	2-2.
Capacitors	1-3.A., 4-6.A.4.
Carbines	2-1.
Carbon-carbon materials	1-9.A., 6-6.C.
Carbon catalysts	4-6.A.
Carbon fibres	1-1.C., 4-2.C.
Cartridges	2-3., 2-4.
Casting equipment	1-9.B., 2-18.
Castings, military	2-16.
Cat food	5208
Catalysts	4-2.A.2., 6-4.C.
Catalytic burners	3-2.6.7.
Catch-all	5505.
Cedar, red	5103.
Cells	1-3.A.1.
Cellular communications equipment	1-5.A.1., 1-5.A.2.
Centrifuges	3-2.5., 6-9.B.
Centrifugal blowers	3-2.6.2.
Centrifugal multiplane balancing machines	4-3.B.3.
Centrifugal separators	7-12.3.
Centrifuges, gas	3-2.5.1. & 2.
Ceramic	1-1.C., 1-9.B.
Ceramic cores	1-9.B.
Ceramic materials	1-1.C., 3-2.5.3., 6-6.C.
Ceramic powder	1-1.C.
Ceramic shells	1-9.B.
Chambers, anechoic	6-15.B.4.
Chambers, environmental	6-15.B.4.
Chemical agents	2-7., 7-3.
Chemical exchange enrichment units	3-2.5.
Chemical for propellants	2-8., 6-4.C.
Chemical production equipment	7-2., 7-12.
Chemical vapour deposition furnace	6-6.B.
Chemical vapour deposition	1-2.B., 1-2.E., 1-3.B., 6-6.B.4.
Chemical warfare	2-7., 7.
Chemical weapon agent precursors	2-7., 7-3., 7-4.
Chemical Weapons (CW)	2-7., 7-3.
Chemical weapons facilities	7-2.
Chemical weapons production equipment	7-2.
CW, BW dissemination equipment	2-7., 7-12.
CW, BW protective equipment	1-1.A., 2-7.
CWC scheduled chemicals	7-3.
Chemiluminescent compounds	5504.
Chlorine trifluoride (ClF3)	2-8., 3-2.7.1.2., 4-2.C.6.
Chlorofluorocarbons (CFC’s)	1-1.C.
Chocolate preparations	5206
Closed-cycle refrigeration	1-9.A.
Coating machines	1-2.B.
Combat vessels	2-9.
Combined cycle engines	1-9.A., 6-3.A.2.
Combustion chamber	6-3.A.
Command and telemetry data handling	1-9.A., 5504.
Compasses	1-7.A., 6-9.A.
Components, nuclear	3-1.
Composite propellants	2-8., 6-4.C.
Composite structures	1-1.A., 3-2.5., 4-2.A.3., 6-6.A.
Composites	1-1.B., 1-1.C., 4-2.C., 6-6.A.
Compressors	1-9.A., 1-9.E., 3-2.5.
Computers	1-4.A., 2-11., 6-13.A.
Condensers	7-2.1
Conductive polymers	1-1.C.
Containers, chemical	7-2.
Containers, military	2-17.
Containment facilities and equipment	7-12.
Continuous mixers	2-18., 6-4.B.
Contouring machine tools	1-2.B., 4-1.B.
Control systems	1-9.B., 6-3.A.
Converters, A to D	1-3.A., 1-4.A., 6-14.A.
Cooled mirrors	1-6.A.
Copolymers	1-1.C.
Counter measure equipment	2-4., 2-5., 2-11., 2-15, 2-19.
Counter-counter measure equipment	2-11.
Crash helmets, military	2-10., 2-13.
Critically safe tanks	3-2.3.2.
Crucibles	3-2.3., 3-2.5., 3-2.7., 4-2.A.
Cruise missile systems	6-1.A.2., 6-19.A.2.
Cryocoolers	1-6.A.
Cryogenic distillation columns	4-4.B.2.
Cryogenic equipment	2-20.
Cryogenic systems	1-9.A.
Cryptography	1-5.A.2., 1-5.D.2., 2-11.
Cryptanalytic equipment	1-5.A.4.
Curing agent	6-3.C.
Cutting machines	1-2.B., 2-18., 4-1.B.
Cutting tool	1-2.B.
CVD equipment	1-2.B., 1-3.B., 6-6.B.
Damping fluids	1-1.C.
Data acquisition	1-9.B.
Data processing security equipment	1-5.A.2, 2-11.
Decladding equipment and chopping machines	3-2.3.1.
Decontamination equipment	1-1.A., 2-7.
Decryption equipment	1-5.A.2, 2-11.
Deep-hole drilling machine tools	1-2.B.
Demolition charges	2-4.
Depth charges	2-4.
Design integration software	6-16.D.
Deformable mirriors	1-6.A.
Detection devices, underwater	1-6.A., 2-9.
Detection equipment	1-1.A., 2-5., 7-2.
Detectors	1-1.A., 1-6.A.
Detonators	1-1.A., 4-6.A.1.
Detonation Engines	6-3.A.2.
Deuterium	3-2.2., 4-6.A.5.
Deuterium production plant	3-2.2., 4-6.A.5.
Diamond-like-carbon	1-2.E.
Diffuser housings	3-2.5.3.2.
Diffusion barriers, gaseous	3-2.5.3.1.
Diffusion bonding	1-1.B.
Digital computers	1-4.A., 1-4.E., 6-13.A.
Digital Differential Analyzers (DDA)	6-13.A.
Digital instrumentation recorders	1-3.A.
Digital signatures	1-5.A.2.
Digital-to-analog converters	1-3.A., 1-4.A.
Digital video recorders	1-6.A.
Dimensional inspection equipment	1-2.B., 4-1.B.
Direct digital synthesizer	1-3.A.
Directed energy weapons	2-19.
Direction finding equipment	1-5.A.1., 6-9.A., 6-11.A.
Disruptor	1-1.A., 2-4.
Dissolvers	3-2.3.2.
Distillation columns	4-4.B., 7-2.1.
Diver deterrent systems	1-8.A.
Diving apparatus	1-8.A., 2-17.
Diving, underwater swimming equipment	1-8.A., 2-17.
Dog food	5208
Drones, reconnaissance	1-9.A., 2-10., 6-1.A., 6-19.A.
Drones, target	1-9.A., 2-10., 6-1.A., 6-19.A.
Dynamic adaptive routing	1-5.D.
ECM	2-11.
EEPROMs	1-3.A.
Electrical Discharge Machines (EDM)	1-2.B., 4-1.B.2.
Electro Optic Modulator	1-3.A
Electrolytic cells, fluorine production	4-3.B
Electromagnetic energy storage	1-3.A.
Electromagnetic enrichment plants	3-2.5.9.
Electromagnetic propulsion	2-12.
Electromagnets, superconductive	1-3.A., 4-3.A.4.
Electron beam furnaces	4-1.B.7.
Electron beam guns	4-1.B.7.
Electron beam machine tools	1-2.B.
Electronic counter-counter measure equipment	2-11.
Electronic counter measure equipment	2-11.
Electronic devices, superconductive	1-3.A., 2-20
Electronic equipment military	2-11.
Electronic framing cameras	1-6.A., 4-5.B.4.
Electronic monitoring systems	2-11.
Electronic surveillance systems	2-11.
Electronic streak cameras	1-6.A., 4-5.B.4.
Electronic switching devices	4-6.A.
EMI technology	1-5.E.2., 6-11.E.
EMP	1-5.A.
EMP protection	6-18.
EMP technology	6-11.E.
Encryption equipment	1-5.A.2., 2-11.
End-effectors	1-2.B., 2-17., 4-1.A.3.
Engine controls, full authority digital	1-7.E., 1-9.D., 1-9.E.
Engines	1-9.A., 6-3.A.
Engines for military aircraft	2-10.
Engines for military vehicles	2-6.
Engines for military vessels	2-9.
Enrichment plants	3-2.5.
Environmental chambers	6-15.B.4.
Enzymes for BW, CW	2-7., 7-13.
Equipment for epitaxial growth	1-3.B.
Equipment for ion implantation	1-3.B.
Equipment for signal processing or image enhancement	1-4.A.
Equipment for use with nuclear reactors	3-2.1.
Exchange towers	3-2.6.
Explosive containment devices	4-5.B.7.
Explosives	2-8., 4-1.A.3., 4-6.C., 6-4.C.
External thermal shields	3-2.1.11.
Extractors, solvent	3-2.6.1.
FADEC	1-7.E., 1-9.D., 1-9.E.
Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) processors	1-3.A.
Fermenters for BW agents	7-12.
Fibre optic cable and accessories	1-5.A.1., 1-6.A.1.
Fibre optic hull penetrators	1-8.A.
Fibre/Tow placement machines	6-6.B.
Fibres	1-1.C., 1-5.A., 1-6.C.
Fibrous & filamentary material	1-1.C., 4-2.C., 4-3.B., 6-6.C.
Field engineer equipment	2-17.
Field programmable gate arrays	1-3.A.
Field programmable logic arrays	1-3.A.
Filament winding machines	1-1.B., 4-3.B., 6-6.B.
Filling equipment, remotely operated	7-2.
Filters, tunable	1-3.A.
Filtration equipment	7-12.
Fire bombs	2-4.
Fire control equipment	2-5.
Firearms	2-1., 2-2.
Firearms, magazines	2-1., 2-2.
Firearms, components	2-1., 2-2.
Fissionable materials	3-1.1.
Flak suits	2-13.
Flame throwers	2-2.
Flash X-ray equipment	4-5.B.
Flight control systems	1-7., 6-2.A., 6-10.A.
Flight control systems, rockets	6-10.A.
Flotation fluids	1-1.C.
Flow-forming machines	1-2.B., 4-1.B., 6-3.B.
Fluid energy mills	6-4.B.
Fluorinated compounds	1-1.A., 1-1.C.
Fluorination systems	3-2.5.7.9.
Fluorine production equipment	4-3.B.
Fluoropolymers	1-1.A., 1-1.C.
Fly-by-light systems	6-10.A.
Fly-by-wire systems	6-10.A.
Fly cutting machines	1-2.B.
Focal plane array detectors	1-6.A.
Fogging systems	7-12.9.
Food products	5201., 5203., 5204
Forest products	5101., 5102., 5103., 5104.
Forgings	2-16.
Freeze-drying equipment	7-12.
Frequency agile tubes	2-11.
Frequency changers, convertors, invertors	3-2.5.2.4., 4-3.A.1.
Frequency hopping radio	1-5.A.1., 1-5.A.2.
Frequency standards, atomic	1-3.A.
Frequency synthesiser	1-3.A.
Fuel bladders	1-1.A.
Fuel element fabrication plant	3-2.4.
Fuel fabrication plants	3-2.4.
Fuel thickeners	2-8.
Fueling machines, nuclear	3-2.1.
Fuels	2-8., 6-4.C.3.
Full Authority Digital Engine Control (FADEC)	1-7.E., 1-9.D., 1-9.E.
Fungi	7-13.
Furnaces	3-2.7., 4-1.B.7.
Furnaces, chemical vapour deposition	1-2.B., 6-6.B.4.
Fusion Reactors	5502
Galileo GNSS receivers	1-7.A., 2-11., 5504., 6-11.A.
G-suit	2-10.
Gas centrifuges	3-2.5.1.
Gas masks	1-1.A., 2-7.
Gas monitors	7-2.4.
Gas projectors	2-2.
Gas turbine blade production equipment	1-9.B.
Gas turbine engines	1-9.A., 6-3.A., 6-5.A.
Gas turbine marine engines	1-8.A., 1-9.A.
Gaseous diffusion enrichment	3-2.5.3., 3-2.5.4.
Gaskets	1-1.A.
Gate arrays	1-3.A.
Gel propellant	6-3.A.2., 6-4.C.7.
Gel propellant rocket motors	6-2.A.1., 6-20.A.1.
Gel propellant tanks	6-3.A.8.
Generators, military	2-17.
Genetic elements	7-13.
Genetically modified micro-organisms	7-13.
Gimbals	1-6.A.
Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) receivers	1-7.A., 2-11., 5504., 6-11.A.
Global Positioning System (GPS) receivers	1-7.A., 2-11., 5504., 6-11.A.
GLONASS receivers	1-7.A., 2-11., 5504., 6-11.A.
Goods in transit	5401
Graphics accelerators	1-4.A.
Graphite	3-2.2.2., 3-2.5.9., 6-6.C.3.
Gravimeter production equipment	1-6.B.
Gravity gradiometers	1-6.A., 6-12.A.3.
Gravity meters	1-6.A., 6-12.A.3.
Grenades	2-4.
Grinding machines	1-2.B., 4-1.B.
Guidance and navigation equipment	1-7.A., 2-11., 6-2.A., 6-9.A.
Gun-carriers	2-6.
Gun laying equipment	2-5.
Guns	2-1., 2-2.
Guns, self-propelled	2-6.
Gyro-astro compasses	1-7.A., 6-9.A.
Gyros	1-7.A., 6-9.A.
Gyrostabilisers	6-9.A.
Hafnium	3-2.1.6., 4-2.A.& C.
Hair type absorbers	1-1.C.
Half-tracks	2-6.
Header piping	3-2.5.
Heat exchangers	3-2.1.9., 3-2.5., 7-2.
Heat shields	3-2.1.11., 6-2.A., 6-6.A.
Heavy water	3-2.2., 3-2.6., 4-2.A., 4-4.A.
Height finders	1-6.A., 2-5.
Helicopters	2-10.
Helium	4-2.B.1., 4-2.C.
Helium refrigeration	4-2.B.
Helmets, military	2-13.
Hetero-epitaxial materials	1-3.C.
High energy density propellants	2-8., 6-4.C.
High energy storage capacitors	1-3.A., 4-6.A.
High power D.C. supplies	4-3.A.
High power radio-frequency systems	2-19.
High pressure thrust chambers	1-9.A.
High sugar containing products	5205
High voltage power supplies	3-2.5.9.2., 4-3.A.
HMX	2-8., 4-6.C., 6-4.C.
Hot isostatic presses	1-2.B., 4-1.B., 6-6.B.
Housings, diffuser	3-2.5.3.2.
Howitzers	2-2.
Hull penetrators and connectors	1-8.A., 2-9.
Hulls	2-9.
Human pathogens	7-13.1.
Hybrid computers	6-16.A.
Hybrid rocket motors	6-2.A.1., 6-3.A.6., 6-20.A.1.
Hydrodynamic instrumentation	4-5.B.
Hydrogen storage	1-9.A.
Hydrophones	1-6.A.
Identification equipment	2-5., 2-11.
Image enhancement, equipment for	1-4.A.
Image intensifier tubes	1-6.A., 2-15.
Image intensifiers	1-6.A., 2-15.
Imaging equipment	1-6.A., 2-15.
Imaging radar sensors	1-6.A., 2-12.
Implosion systems	4-5.B.
Improvised explosive device disruptors	1-1.A., 2-4.
Imprint lithography equipment	1-3.B.1.
Incendiary bombs	2-4.
Incinerators	7-2.3.
Indicator heads	6-9.B.2.
Induction furnaces	4-1.B.4.
Inertial equipment for azimuth, heading or north pointing	1-7.A., 6-9.A.
Inertial equipment test equipment	1-7.B., 6-9.B.
Inertial navigation systems	1-7.A., 6-9.A.3.
Information security	1-5.A.2., 2-11.
Infrared equipment	1-6.A., 2-15.
Infrared imaging equipment	1-6.A., 2-15.
Initiation systems, multipoint	1-1.A., 4-6.A.
Inspection equipment, dimensional	1-2.B., 4-1.B.
Insulation	1-9.A., 6-3.A.3.
Integrated circuits	1-3.A.
Integrated flight instrument systems	1-7.A., 6-9.A.1.
Integrated navigation systems	1-7.A., 6-9.A.7.
Intercept equipment	1-5.A.1., 2-11.
Interferometers	1-2.B., 4-5.B.5., 6-11.A.
Interlacing machines	1-1.B., 6-6.B.1.
Intrusion Software	1-4.D.4.
Intrusion Systems	1-4.A.5.
IP network communication surveillance systems	1-5.A.1.j.
Ion beam systems	1-3.B.
Ion exchange enrichment plants	3-2.5.6.
Ion implantation equipment	1-3.B.
Ion plating equipment	1-2.B.
Iron powder	2-8.
Irradiated fuel processing plants	3-2.3.
Isolators (biological)	7.12.7.
Isostatic presses	1-2.B., 4-1.B.5., 6-6.B.3.
Isotope separation equipment	3-2.5.6.5., 4-3.
Isotope separation plants	3-2.5.6.4., 4-3.A.
Isotope separators	3-2.5.9.1., 4-3.B.5.
Jamming equipment	1-5.A.1., 2-4., 2-11.
Joule-Thomson minicoolers	1-6.A.
Kinetic energy weapons	2-12.
Key management	1-5.A.2.
Large calibre armaments	2-2.
Large-calibre artillery systems	9-3.
Lasers	1-6.A., 2-19., 3-2.5.7.13., 4-3.A.2., 5501.
Laser acoustic detection equipment	1-6.A.
Laser based enrichment plants	3-2.5.
Laser diagnostic equipment	1-6.A.
Laser diodes	1-6.A.
Laser inspection equipment	1-2.B., 1-6.B.
Laser microphone	1-6.A.
Laser production equipment	1-6.B.
Laser protection equipment	2-17.
Laser radar	1-6.A., 6-11.A.
Laser test equipment	1-6.B.
Launch support equipment	6-12.A.
Launch support software	6-12.D.
Launch vehicles	1-9.A., 5504., 6-1.A.
Light weapons	9-9.
Lighter than air vehicles	1-9.A., 2-10., 6-1.A.2., 6-19.A.2.
Linear accelerometers	1-7.A., 6-9.A.
Linear displacement measuring equipment	1-2.B., 4-1.B.
Liquid fit machine tools	1-2.B.
Liquid fuels	2-8., 6-4.C.
Liquid propellant tanks	6-3.A.8.
Lithium; production & separation	4-2.C.
Lithium isotope separation equipment	4-2.B.
Lithography equipment	1-3.B.
Logic arrays	1-3.A.
Logs	5101
Lumber	5104
Lubricating materials	1-1.C.
Machine header piping systems	3-2.5.2.
Machine guns	2-1.
Machine tools	1-2.B., 4-1.B.2.
Magnesium	1-1.C., 2-8., 4-2.B.2.
Magnesium alloys	1-1.C., 2-8., 4-2.C., 6-4.C.
Magnesium powder	2-8., 6-4.C.
Magnet power supplies	3-2.5.9., 5502
Magnetic and electric field sensors	1-6.A.6., 1-6.B., 1-6.C., 1-6.D., 1-6.E.
Magnetic compensation systems	1-6.A.
Magnetic metals	1-1.C.
Magnetometers	1-6.A.
Maintenance, military	2-18.
Mandrels	4-1.B., 6-6.B.1.
Manipulators, remote	3-2.7.2., 4-1.A.
MANPADS	9-7.
Maraging steels	4-2.C., 6-6.C.8.
Marine gas turbine engine	1-8.A., 1-9.A.
Masks or reticles	1-3.B., 1-6.B.
Mass spectrometers	3-2.5., 4-3.B.6.
Measuring equipment	1-2.B., 1-9.B., 4-1.B.
Measuring equipment, Dynamic Wavefront	1-6.A
Metal alloys	1-1.C., 4-2.C., 6-6.C.
Metal in semi-fabricated forms	1-1.C., 4-2.C., 6-6.C.
Metal in crude forms	1-1.C., 4-2.C., 6-6.C.
Metal powders	1-1.C., 4-2.C., 6-6.C.
Micro-organisms	2-7., 7-13.
Microchannel plates	1-6.A., 2-15.
Microcomputer	1-3.A.
Micro-electronic Circuits	1-3.A., 5504.
Microprocessor	1-3.A., 5504
Microwave assemblies & modules	1-3.A.
Microwave integrated circuits	1-3.A.
Microwave or millimetre wave devices	1-3.A.
Microwave Radio Frequency Systems	1-3.A., 5502.
Microwave solid state amplifiers	1-3.A.
Microwave power	1-3.A., 3-2.5., 4-5.B.1.
Microwave power modules	1-3.A.1.
Microwave test receivers	1-3.A.
Microwave transistors	1-3.A.
Microwave transmission equipment	1-5.A.1.
Microwave weapon systems	2-19.
Military aircraft	9-4.
Military helicopters	9-5.
Military nuclear reactors	2-17., 3-2.1.
Milling machines	1-2.B., 4-1.B.2.
Mines	2-4., 5503.
Mines, cables for sweeping	2-4.
Mirrors, cooled	1-6.A.
Missile guidance equipment	2-4., 2-11., 6-9.A.
Missile launchers	9-7.
Missile radomes	2-4., 6-18.
Missile tracking equipment	2-5., 6-12.A.
Missiles	9-7.
Missiles, guided or unguided	2-4., 6-1.A., 6-19.A.
Mixers, batch	6-4.B.3.
Mobile repair shops	2-17.
Modeling software	2-21., 6-16.D.
Molasses	5204
Molybdenum	6-6.C.7.
Monitoring systems, military, electronic	2-11.
Mortars	2-2.
Motion simulators	6-9.B.2.
Motor cases	1-9.A.
Motors, submarine	1-8.A., 2-9.
Moulds	1-1.B., 1-2.B., 6-6.B.1.
Multiple seal valves	7-2.1.
Multispectral imaging sensors	1-6.A.
Naval equipment	2-9.
Navigation, equipment and systems	1-7, 1-8.A., 6-9.A.
Neptunium	1-1.C.
Network access controllers	1-4.A.
Network analyzers	1-3.A.
Neural computers	1-4.A.
Neural network integrated circuits	1-3.A.
Neutron detection and measurement instruments	3-2.1.
Neutron generator systems	4-6.A.5.
Nickel	1-1.C.
Nickel powder	1-1.C., 3-2.5., 4-2.C.16.
Nickel powder, high purity	4-2.C.
Night sighting equipment	1-6.A., 2-5., 2-15.
Niobium alloys	1-1.C.
Nitrate esters	6-4.C.
Nitrate plasticiser	6-4.C.
Noise reduction systems	1-8.A., 2-17., 6-17.
Nozzles	1-9.A., 2-4., 2-10., 6-3.A., 6-6.A.
Nuclear, biological, chemical detection systems	1-1.A., 2-7.
Nuclear Dual-use Substances	4-2.C.
Nuclear Dual-use Industrial Equipment	4-1.A.
Nuclear Fuel Cladding	3-2.1.6.
Nuclear fusion	5502
Nuclear pressure vessels	3-2.1.
Nuclear reactors	2-17., 3-2.1., 5502.
Nuclear steam generators	3-2.1.
Nuclear testing equipment	4-5.A.
Nuclear Weapons Design/Test Equipment	5504
Nucleic acid assemblers and synthesizers	7-2.1.10.
Numerical control units	4-1.B., 6-3.B.3.
Numerically controlled machine tools	1-2.B., 4-1.B.
Object detection location	1-6.A.
Ocean salvage system	1-8.A.
Optical absorption material	1-6.C.
Optical computers	1-4.A.
Optical control equipment	1-6.A.
Optical detectors	1-6.A.
Optical fibre	1-5.A.1., 1-6.A., 1-6.C.
Optical fibre cables	1-5.A.1., 1-6.A., 1-6.C.
Optical fibre connectors	1-8.A., 2-9.
Optical filters	1-6.A.
Optical material	1-6.C.
Optical mirrors	1-6.A.
Optical sensing fibre	1-6.A.
Optical sensors	1-6.A.
Optical switching	1-5.B., 1-5.D., 1-5.E.
Oscillators	1-3.A., 1-6.A., 4-3.A.2.
Oxidiser substances	2-8., 6-4.C.4.
Packings for water separation	4-4.A.
Parachutes	2-10.
Particle beam systems	2-19.
Passive coherent location systems	1-5.A.1.
Passive systems, acoustic	1-6.A.
Pathogens, human, animal, plant	7-13.
Payload data handling	1-9.A., 5504.
Payloads, spacecraft	1-9.A., 5504.
Peanut butter	5201
Phased array antennae	1-5.A.1., 1-6.A.
Phased segment mirrors	1-6.A.
Photocathodes	1-6.A.
Photodiodes, semiconductor	1-6.A.
Photographic equipment	1-6.A., 1-8.A., 2-15., 4-2.B., 4-5.B.
Photomultiplier tubes	1-6.A., 4-5.A.1.
Photovoltaic arrays	1-3.A.
Physics based simulation software	1-3.D.
Piezoelectric polymers	1-1.A., 1-1.C.
Pilot pressure suits	2-10.
Piloting systems, automatic	2-10.
Piping, multiwalled	7-2.1.
Piping systems	3-2.5.
Pistols	2-1.
Plant pathogens	7-13.
Plants for conversion of plutonium nitrate	3-2.3.
Plants for fabrication of fuel elements	3-2.4.
Plants for processing irradiated nuclear materials	3-2.3.
Plants for processing of fissionable materials	3-2.3.
Plants for production of plutonium metal	3-2.3.
Plants for reprocessing reactor fuel elements	3-2.3.
Plants for separation of fissionable materials	3-2.3.
Plants for the separation of isotopes	3-2.5.
Plants for the production of (UF6)	3-2.5.
Plants for the production of heavy water, deuterium	3-2.6.
Plasma dry etching equipment	1-3.B.
Plasma furnaces	4-1.B.
Plasma generation systems	3-2.5.8.3.
Plasma propulsion	2-12.
Plasma separation enrichment	3-2.5.8.
Plasma spraying equipment	1-2.B.
Plasma torches	4-1.B.7.
Plantinised Catalysts	4-2.A.
Plutonium	1-1.C., 3-1.
Plutonium Conversion Plants	3-2.7.
Plutonium nitrate	3-2.3.
Plutonium oxide	3-2.7.
Poloidal Field Coils	5502
Polyamide-imides, aromatic	1-1.C.
Polyarylene ketones	1-1.C.
Polycarbosilazanes	1-1.C.
Polycrystalline substrate	1-3.C.
Polyetherimides, aromatic	1-1.C.
Polydiorganosilanes	1-1.C.
Polyimides, aromatic	1-1.C.
Polymeric substances	1-1.A., 1-1.C., 6-4.C.5.
Polymers	1-1.C.,
Polymers, conductive	1-1.C.
Polysilazanes	1-1.C.
Position encoders	1-3.A.
Position finders	2-5.
Positioning tables	6-9.B.2.
Potassium titanyl arsenate (KTA)	1-6.C.
Power generating systems, nuclear reactor	3-2.1.
Power supplies, direct current, high power	3-2.5., 4-3.A., 5502
Precursors, chemical	2-7., 7-3., 7-4.
Precursors, explosives	2-8.
Preform production equipment	1-1.B., 6-6.B.
Preforms	1-1.C., 6-6.
Prepreg production equipment	1-1.B., 6-6.B.
Prepegs	1-1.C., 4-2.A., 6-6.
Presses, hot isostatic	1-2.B., 4-1.B., 6-6.B.
Pressure measuring instruments	4-3.A.
Pressure refuellers	2-10.
Pressure suits	2-10.
Pressure transducers	4-3.A.7.
Primary cells	1-3.A.
Process technology, chemical	7-6.
Process technology, biological	7-15.
Processed foods	5207
Production equipment, aero engines	1-9.B., 6-3.B.
Production equipment, direction finding	2-18., 6-9.B.
Production equipment, flight control	1-7.B., 6-10.A.
Production equipment, gas turbines	1-9.B., 6-3.B.
Production equipment, military	2-18.
Production equipment, missiles, rockets and UAVs	2-18., 6-2.B., 6-20.B.
Production equipment, navigation	1-7.A., 6-9.B.
Production equipment, propellant	2-18., 6-4.B.
Production equipment, propulsion	1-9.B., 6-3.B.
Production equipment, structural composites	1-1.B., 6-6.B.
Production equipment, telecommunications	1-5.B.
Production facilities, aero engines	1-9.B., 6-3.B.
Production facilities, missiles, rockets and UAVs	2-18., 6-2.B., 6-20.B.
Production facilities, propulsion	1-9.B., 6-3.B.
Production technology, military	2-22.
Profilometer	1-7.B., 6-9.B.
Prohibited weapons	2-1., 2-2.
Projectile launchers	2-2.
Projection telescopes	1-6.A.
Projectors, acoustic	1-6.A.
Propellant additives and agents	2-8., 6-4.C.
Propellant production equipment	2-18., 6-4.B.
Propellants	2-8., 6-4.C.
Propellers	1-8.A.
Propulsion equipment, nuclear	2-17., 3-2.1.
Propulsion inspection equipment	1-9.B.
Propulsion production equipment	1-9.B.
Propulsion systems/Equipment	1-8.A., 1-9.A., 5504., 6-3.A.
Propulsion test equipment	1-9.B., 6-3.A.
Propulsive substances	2-8., 6-4.C.
Protective clothing	1-1.A., 2-7., 2-13., 7-12.
Pulpwood	5102
Pulse generators, high speed	4-5.B.
Pulse jet	6-3.A.2.
Pulsers	4-6.A.
Pumps	1-9.A., 3-2.1, 3-2.5., 3-2.6., 4-2.B., 4-3., 4-4., 6-3.A., 7-2.1.
Pyrolytic equipment	6-6.B.
Pyrotechnic flare signals	2-3., 2-4.
Pyrotechnic projectors	2-2.
Pyrotechnics	2-8.
Quantum cryptography	1-5.A.2.
Quartz heaters	1-9.B.
Radar	1-6.A., 2-11., 6-9.A., 6-11.A., 6-12.A.
Radar cross section measurement systems	1-6.B., 6-17.B.
Radar reflectivity material	1-1.A., 1-1.C., 6-17.B.
Radial ball bearings	6-3.A.7.
Radiation hardened computer equipment	1-4.A.
Radiation hardened microcircuit	1-3.A., 5504, 6-18.A.
Radiation hardened telecommunication equipment	1-5.A.1.
Radiation hardened TV cameras	4-1.A.
Radiation shielding windows	4-1.A.
Radio direction finding equipment	1-5.A.1.
Radio equipment	1-5.A.1., 2-11.
Radio receivers	1-5.A.1., 2-11.
Radioactive agents	2-7., 3-1.2.
Radiographic equipment	6-15.A.
Radionuclides	4-2.C.19.
Radium-226	4-2.C.12.
Radomes	6-C.5., 6-18.A.
Ramjet engines	1-9.A., 6-3.A.
Range finders	2-5.
Rate tables	6-9.B.2.
RDX	2-8., 4-6.C., 6-4.C.4.
Re-entry vehicle nose tips	1-9.A., 6-6.B.5.
Re-entry vehicles	6-2.A.
Reaction vessels	7-2.1.
Reactive materials	2-8.
Reactors, chemical	7-2.1.
Reactors, nuclear	2-17., 3-2.1., 5502
Reactors, synthesis	4-4.B.
Read-out integrated circuits (ROIC)	1-6.A.
Rechargeable cells	1-3.A.
Reconnaissance drones	1-9.A., 2-10., 6-1.A., 6-19.A.
Recorders, data	1-3.A.
Recovery vehicles	2-6.
Reduced observable	6-17.A.
Reduced observables, materials for	1-1.C., 2-17., 6-17.C.
Reduced radar reflectivity	6-17.
Reflectance measuring equipment	1-6.B., 6-17.B.
Reflux systems	3-2.5.
Refrigeration systems	1-9.A.
Refuelling	2-10.
Regional Navigation Satellite Systems (RNSS)	6-11.A.
Remote manipulators	4-1.A.4.
Remotely Operated Vehicles	1-1.A.C.
Remotely piloted air vehicles	1-9.A., 2-10., 6-1.A., 6-19.A.
Repair shops, mobile	2-17.
Reprocessing plants	3-2.3.
Resins	1-1.C., 3-2.5.6.6
Revolvers	2-1.
Rhenium and Rhenium alloys	4-2.C.20.
Rickettsiae	7-13.
Rifles	2-1., 2-2.
Riot control agents	2-7.
Robots	1-2.B., 1-8.A., 2-17., 4-1.A.3.
Rocket engines	2-4., 6-2.A., 6-20.A.
Rocket launchers	2-2.
Rocket motors	2-4., 6-2.A., 6-3.A., 6-20.A.
Rocket motor cases	2-4., 6-3.A.. 6-3.C.
Rocket propulsion systems	1-9.A., 2-4., 6-2.A.
Rocket stages	2-4., 6-2.A., 6-20.A.
Rocket subsystems	2-4., 6-2.A., 6-20.A.
Rocket systems	2-4., 6-1.A., 6-19.A.
Rockets	2-4., 6-1.A., 6-19.A., 6-20.A.
Rotor production	1-9.B., 4-3.B.
Routers	1-5.A.2.
Satellite	1-9.A., 2-11., 5504
Satellite Navigation System receivers	1-7.A., 2-11., 5504., 6-11.A.
Scatterometers	6-9.A.
Scrambling equipment	1-5.A.2., 2-11.
Scramjet engines	1-9.A., 6-3.A.
Sealants	1-1.A.
Seals	1-1.A., 3-2.5.3., 3-2.5.5.
Security equipment	1-5.A.2., 2-11.
Self-propelled guns	2-6.
Semiconductor lasers	1-6.A.
Semiconductor lasers arrays	1-6.A.
Semiconductor photodiodes	1-6.A.
Sensors integration equipment	2-5.
Sensors	1-6.A.
Separation equipment, gas	3-2.5.
Separation mechanisms	6-3.A.
Separators	7-12.3.
Servo valves	6-3.A., 6-10.A.
Shared aperture optical elements	2-19.
Shielding technology	1-5.E., 6-11.E.
Shock tunnel	6-15.B.2.
Shotguns	2-1.
Sighting devices	2-1., 2-2., 2-5.
Signal analyzers	1-3.A.
Signal processing	1-4.A., 1-5.A.1.
Signature suppression	2-17., 6-17.
Silencers, firearm	2-1.
Silicon carbide substrate blanks	1-6.C.
Silicon carbide wafers	1-3.C.
Silver gallium selenide	1-6.C.
Simulation software	2-21., 6-16.D.
Simulators	1-9.A., 2-14.
Single element detectors	1-6.A.
Slide way assemblies	1-2.B.
Small arms	2-1.
Smart cards	1-5.A.2.
Smoke canisters	2-4.
Smoke grenades	2-4.
Smoke projectors	2-2.
Smooth bore weapons	2-1.
Software (see corresponding equipment)
Software for weapon systems	2-21.
Software, aero engines	1-9.D., 6-3.D.
Software, densification	6-6.D.
Software, design integration	6-16.D.
Software, decrypt Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS) ranging Code	1-7.D.5., 2-21.
Software, direction finding	6-9.D.
Software, EMP Restore	1-3.D.
Software, environmental test facilities	6-15.D.
Software, flight control	6-12.D.
Software, flight instrument integration	6-9.D.
Software, launch support	6-12.D.
Software, marine	1-8.D.
Software, missiles, rockets and UAVs	1-9.D., 6-1.D., 6-19.D., 6-20.D.
Software, modeling	6-16.D.
Software, navigation and avionics	1-7.D., 6-9.D., 6-11.D.
Software, nuclear effects	6-18.D.
Software, optical sensors	1-6.D.
Software, propellant production	6-4.D.
Software, propulsion	1-9.D., 6-3.D.
Software, pyrolytic deposition	6-6.D.
Software, radiation hardening	6-18.D.
Software, simulation	6-16.D.
Software, stealth	6-17.D.
Software, structural composites	6-6.D.
Softwood lumber	5104., 5105.
Solar cells	1-3.A.1.
Solid fuels	2-8., 6-4.C.
Solvent extractors	3-2.6.1.
Sonar equipment	1-6.A.
Sounding rockets	6-1.A., 6-19.A.
Source materials	3-1.1.
Space launch vehicles	1-9.A., 6-1.A.
Spacecraft bus	1-9.A., 5504.
Spacecraft and related equipment	1-9.A., 2-11., 5504
Spacecraft simulator	1-9.A., 5504.
Spectrometers	3-2.5.5., 3-2.5.7., 4-3.B.6.
Spin-forming machines	1-2.B., 4-1.B., 6-3.B.
Spindle assemblies	1-2.B., 4-1.B.
Spotting instruments	2-5.
Spraying systems	7-12.9.
Spray cooling	1-3.A.
Spray drying equipment	7-12.6.
Spread spectrum radio equipment	1-5.A.1., 1-5.A.2., 2-11.
Sputter deposition production equipment	1-2.B.
SQUID, Magnetometer	1-6.A.
SRAMs	1-3.A.
Stabilisers	6-4.C.
Stabilisers, explosives	2-8.
Staging mechanisms	6-3.A.
Star tracker	1-7.A., 6-9.A.
Stealth devices and materials	1-1.C., 2-17., 6-17.
Stealth technology	1-1.E., 2-22., 6-17.E.
Steel	4-2.C., 4-3.B., 4-4., 6-6.C.
Storage tanks	7-2.1.
Striplines	4-6.A.6.
Structural material	6-6.C.
Submarine nets	2-9.
Submarines	1-8.A., 2-9., 9-6.
Submersibles & systems	1-8.A.
Submunitions	2-3.
Substrates	1-3.C., 1-6.C.
Sugar	5203.,5204., 5205., 5206.
Sugar confectionary and chocolate preparations	5206.
Sugar-containing products	5203., 5205., 5206.
Superalloys	1-9.B.
Superconducting solenoid magnets	4-3.A.
Superconductive composite	1-1.C.
Superconductive electromagnetic sensors	1-6.A.
Superconductive electromagnets	1-3.A., 4-3.A.
Superconductive equipment	2-20.
Surface acoustic wave devices	1-3.A.
Surface vessels	2-9.
Surveillance equipment, target	2-5.
Surveillance systems, electronic	2-11.
Survey systems, bathymetric	1-6.A.
Switching equipment, digital	1-5.B., 1-5.D., 1-5.E.
Switching devices, electronic	4-6.A.
Symmetric algorithms for cryptography	1-5.A.2.
Syntactic foam	1-8.C.
Synthesis reactors	4-4.A.
Syrup	5204
Systolic array computers	1-4.A.
Tank destroyers	2-2.
Tanks	2-6.
Tantalum	7-2.1.
Tape laying machines	1-1.B., 6-6.B.
Target acquisition	2-5.
Target drones	1-9.A., 6-1.A., 6-19.A.
Target surveillance equipment	2-5.
Target assemblies for the production of tritium	4-2.A.
Tear gas	2-7.
Technology (see corresponding equipment)
Technology, A to D converters	1-3.E., 6-14.E.
Technology, advanced materials	1-1.E.
Technology, aero engines	1-9.E., 6-3.E.
Technology, analogue computers	1-4.E., 6-13.E.
Technology, biological	7-15.
Technology, ceramic powder	1-1.E
Technology, chemical	7-6.
Technology, densification	6-7.E.
Technology, design integration	6-16.E.
Technology, diesel engine propulsion systems	1-9.E.
Technology, diesel engines components	1-9.E.
Technology, direction finding	6-9.E.
Technology, ECM/EDM drilling	1-2.E., 1-9.E.
Technology, environmental test facilities	6-15.E.
Technology, flight control	1-7.E., 6-10.E.
Technology, fuel injection system	1-9.E.
Technology, gas turbine engines & components	1-9.E., 6-3.E.
Technology, information security	1-5.E.2.
Technology, laser drilling	1-9.E.
Technology, launch support	6-12.E.
Technology, marine	1-8.E.
Technology, military	2-22.
Technology, missiles, rockets and UAVs	1-9.E., 6-1.E., 6-19.E., 6-20.E.
Technology, modeling	6-16.E.
Technology, navigation and avionics	1-7.E., 6-9.E., 6-11.E.
Technology, nuclear effects	6-18.E.
Technology, power transfer systems	1-9.E.
Technology, propellant production	2-22., 6-4.E.
Technology, propellants	2-22., 6-4.E.
Technology, propeller blades	1-9.E.
Technology, propulsion	1-9.E., 6-3.E.
Technology, pyrolytic deposition	6-6.E.
Technology, simulation	6-16.E.
Technology, stealth	6-17.E.
Technology, structural composites	1-1.E., 6-6.E.
Technology, structural material	1-1.E., 6-17.E.
Technology, telecommunications	1-5.E.
Technology, tempest	1-5.E.
Technology, variable geometry airfoil	1-7.E.
Technology, water jet drilling	1-9.E.
Technology, wind tunnels	1-9.E., 6-15.E.
Telecommunications equipment	1-5.A.1.
Telecontrol equipment	6-12.A.
Telemetry equipment	6-12.A.
Telemetry, tracking and control	1-9.A., 5504.
Tellurium	1-6.C.
Tempest equipment	1-5.A.3.
Terrestrial geophones	1-6.A.
Test benches	6-15.B.
Test equipment, electronics	1-3.B.
Test equipment, telecommunications	1-5.B.
Test equipment, tempest	1-5.B.2.
Test facilities, military	2-18.
Thallium arsenic selenide	1-6.C.
Thermal batteries	6-12.A.
Thermal imaging equipment	1-6.A., 2-15.
Thermodynamic analysis	6-16.D.
Thermoplastic liquid crystal	1-1.C.
Thorium	3-1.
Thrust chambers	1-9.A.
Thrust vector control	6-2.A.
Thyristor devices	1-3.A.1.
Thyristor modules	1-3.A.1.
Titanium and alloys	1-1.C., 3-2., 4-2., 6-6.C., 7-2.1., 2-8.
Titanium doped sapphire	1-6.C.
Titanium-stabilised duplex stainless steel	6-6.C.9.
Toroidal Field Coils	5502
Torpedo nets	2-9.
Torpedoes	2-4.
Tow-placement	1-1.B.
Toxic chemicals	7-3.
Toxic gas monitors and monitoring systems	7-2.4.
Toxicological agents	2-7., 7-13.
Toxins	2-7., 7-13.
Tracking systems	6-12.A.
Tractors, military	2-6.
Trailers, military	2-6.
Trainers, military	2-14.
Training equipment	2-14.
Transducers	1-6.A., 1-9.B., 4-3.A.
Transistors	1-3.A.
Transmission equipment	1-5.A.1.
Travelling wave tubes	1-3.A.
Tritium	4-2.C.
Tritium production, separation and handling	4-2.B.
Tunable filters	1-3.A.
Tungsten	4-2.C., 6-6.C.
Tungsten alloys	1-1.C., 4-2.C., 6-6.C.
Tungsten and molybdenum alloys	6-6.C.
Turbofan engines	1-9.A., 2-10., 6-3.A.
Turbojet engines	1-9.A., 2-10., 6-3.A.
Turning machines	1-2.B., 4-1.B.
Underwater cameras	1-6.A., 1-8.A.
Underwater communications	1-5.A.1.
Underwater detection devices	2-9.
Underwater electric field sensors	1-6.A.6.
Underwater light systems	1-8.A.
Underwater robots	1-8.A.
Underwater sonar navigation systems	1-7.A., 2-9.
Underwater survey equipment	1-6.A.
Underwater swimming apparatus	1-8.A., 2-17.
Underwater vessels	1-8.A., 2-9.
Underwater vision systems	1-8.A.
United States origin goods	5400
Unmanned Vehicles Air(borne) (UAVs)	1-9.A., 2-10., 6-1.A., 6-19.A.
Unmanned Vehicles, Submersible	1-8.A.
Uranium	3-1.
Uranium conversion plants	3-2.7.
Uranium, depleted	3-1.
Uranium isotope separation equipment	3-2.5., 4-3.
Uranium titanium alloys	1-1.C.
Vacuum furnaces	4-1.B.
Vacuum induction furnaces	4-1.B.
Vacuum pumps	3-2.5., 4-3.A.8.
Valves	3-2., 4-3.A., 6-3.A., 7-2.1.
Vapour deposition equipment	1-3.B.
Vaporization systems	3-2.5.7.
Vehicles	2-6., 5210.
Vessels	1-8.A., 2-9., 9-6.
Vibration test equipment	1-9.B., 4-1.B., 6-15.B.
Vibration test systems	4-1.B., 6-15.B.
Viruses, human, animal, plant	7-13.
Visual imaging equipment	1-6.A.
Volume median diameter	7-12.8.
Wafer handling systems	1-3.B.
Wafers	1-3.A.
Warhead mechanisms	6-2.A.
Water tunnels	1-8.B.
Water-H₂S exchange columns	4-4.B.
Water-hydrogen sulfide exchange tray columns	3-2.6.
Weapon sights	2-1., 2-2.
Weaving machines	1-1.B., 6-6.B.
Wet spinning equipment	6-6.B.
Wind tunnels	1-8.B., 1-9.B.,
Wood products	5101., 5102., 5103., 5104.
X-ray systems	1-3.A., 4-5.B.
X-ray thermal protection	6-18.A.
X-ray tomography	1-1.B.
Zinc selenide (ZnSe)	1-6.A., 1-6.C.
Zinc sulfide (ZnS)	1-6.A., 1-6.C.
Zirconium metal and alloys	1-1.C., 2-8., 3-2.1, 4-2.C., 6-4.C.
Zirconium powder	2-8., 6-4.C.
Zirconium tubes	3-2.1.